REGULATORY AMLYSIS
                        OF THE
                Y DIESEL PARTICULAR RFi'LATIiTtS
FOR 1982 AND LATER f-TTDEL 4'TAR LIGKr-RTY DIF5FL VFi'ICLf?
             EW/IROPJfPfTAL PRDTSTION
           OFICE OF AIR, T,ISE,  A.-JD RADIATIOf-l
      CFICE OF MOBILE SOURCE AIR POLLUTION CO?-fTRDL
                   FEMJARY 20,

-------
              Regulatory Analysis
   Light-Duty Diesel Particulate Regulations
        Environmental Protection Agency
      Office of Air, Noise, and Radiation
      Mobile Source Air Pollution Control
                 Approved by:
Michael P. Walsh, Deputy Assistant Administrator
    for Mobile Source Air Pollution Control
                          Date:    February  20,  1980

-------
                               NOTE






     This document has  been prepared in satisfaction of  the  Regu-




latory Analysis required by Executive Order  12044 and  the Economic




Impact Assessment required by  Section 317  of  the  amended  Clean Air




Act.  This document also contains an Environmental Impact  Statement




for the proposed Rulemaking Action.

-------
                     Table of Contents









Chapter                                                Page








I.        Summary	   1








II.       Introduction	13








III.      Description of LDV and LDT Industry ....   20








IV.       Standards and Technology	30








V.        Environmental Impact  	   62









VI.       Economic Impact	106








VII.      Cost Effectiveness	124








VIII.     Alternative Actions 	  136

-------
                           CHAPTER I

                            SUMMARY
A.   Background

     Light-duty  vehicles  powered by diesel engines are projected  to
be  a  significant  source of  particulate  emissions  in the  late
1980"s.  Currently,  this  is not the case due to the small number  of
light-duty diesels  on  the  road  today.   By 1990,  though, it  is
projected  that  diesels  could comprise  as  much  as  20  percent  of
light-duty vehicle sales.  By 1990,  they are  projected  to  become
the seventh largest  source of  particulate emissions and to have the
third greatest  available potential for  total  particulate emission
reduction  of  any  source, mobile  or  stationary.   The majority  of
these  emissions will  occur  in urban  areas,  where the  total  sus-
pended particulate  problems are most acute.

     Based on the  above  and the fact that Congress has required the
control  of  particulate  emissions  from these vehicles  through the
1977 Amendments  to the Clean  Air Act,  EPA is establishing emission
standards to control  particulate emissions from light-duty vehicles
and trucks powered  by diesel engines.  Also included are changes  in
the test equipment  and procedures  currently used to measure gaseous
emissions from these vehicles.   These  changes will  allow the
measurement  of  particulate  emissions  concurrently  with  the  mea-
surement of the currently  regulated gaseous  emissions without
affecting  the  stringency of  current  'gaseous  emission  standards.

B.   Proposed Rulemaking

     Section 202(a)(3)(A)(iii) of the Clean  Air Act  as  amended,
requires the Administrator  to  prescribe particulate  emission
standards by the 1981 model  year.   It is under this authority that
EPA is  now promulgating Federal light-duty  diesel particulate
emission  standards  for  1982   and  later  model  year vehicles.   The
changes to the existing  regulations include:

     1.   The addition of a dilution tunnel and other equipment  to
measure particulate emissions;

     2.     The  implementation of exhaust  emission  standards  for
particulate  matter  from diesel-powered  light-duty  vehicles  and
light-duty trucks of  0.60 gram per mile (0.37  gram  per kilometer
(g/km)) beginning with the 1982 model  year;  and

     3.    The  reduction  of  the standards  to 0.20 g/mi (0.12 g/km)
for diesel-powered  light-duty vehicles  and 0.26  g/mi  (0.16 g/km)
for diesel-powered light-duty trucks beginning with the 1985 model
year.

-------
u.      Light-Duty Diesel  Characterization and Industry Description

     The  particulate  regulations  being  promulgated  apply to  two
classes of  dies el-powered  vehicles.   The first  class  consists  of
diesel-powered light-duty  vehicles  (LDV-D),  which are  defined  as
passenger cars or  passenger  car  derivatives  capable  of seating  12
persons or less.   The  second  class is the diesel-powered light-duty
truck  (LDT-D)  class,  which  consists  of  vehicles rated  at  8,500
pounds  (3,546  kg) gross  vehicle weight  rating  (GVWR)  or  less
designed primarily for transportation  of property or for transpor-
tation of more than 12 passengers.  While LDT-D1s are designed for
periodic carrying  of cargo,  these vehicles are used  most  often  in
ways  more  analogous  to  passenger cars than to cargo-carrying
trucks.

     Currently,  only about 0.5 percent  of  all light-duty  vehicles
are powered by diesel  engines.  Over the next 10 years, the use  of
diesel  engines  in light-duty vehicles is  expected to  increase
dramatically.    Current  projections  foresee  as many  as  25 percent
diesels in  these markets by  1990.   Two  maximum penetrations  of  15
percent  and 25  percent  were used  for  determining the  range  of
environmental  and economic  impacts described below.

     The primary manufacturers of  these vehicles,  both gasoline and
diesel-fueled, produce vehicles in both classes.  The three largest
are  General  Motors, Ford,  and  Chrysler.   Most  foreign  manufac-
turers, such  as  Toyota,  Datsun   and  VW, produce  only light-duty
vehicles and trucks under  6,000 pounds GVWR.

D.   Standards and Technology

     The  light-duty diesel  vehicle particulate  standards of  0.6
g/mi (0.37 g/km)  in 1982 and  0.2 g/mi (0.12 g/km)  in 1985 are based
on  several precepts.   To comply with  the  "greatest degree  of
emission  reduction" mandate  of  Section 202(a)(3)(A)(iii) and  to
give "appropriate  consideration"  to leadtime, cost, noise, energy,
and  safety  factors (required by  the  same Section)  as well,  EPA
based these standards on  the lowest  particulate  levels achievable
by  the  worst  light-duty  diesel  with respect  to  particulate  emis-
sions.  This  basis requires  best  available control technology,  at
least for those  diesels which have the highest particulate  emission
levels.  The  initial standard was based  on the lowest particulate
level determined to be achievable  by the worst case diesel  in 1981,
as there was too little  leadtime  to expect any major technological
breakthroughs.  In fact, due  to certification leadtime constraints,
EPA has had to  delay  the  implementation  date of  the initial  stan-
dard until 1982.   The  second standard was  based on the lowest
particulate level determined to be  achievable  by 1985, as EPA
expects  significant particulate reductions by  then due to the
successful application of  trap-oxidizers.  The 0.2 g/mi (0.12 g/km)
level clearly cannot be met  by  all diesel vehicles  at  this  time,

-------
thus the  1985  standard  is a  technology-forcing  standard.   EPA is
confident that  a  concerted  effort by  the  industry will produce a
successful trap-oxidizer by  the 1985  model  year.

     Exhaust  gas  recirculation  (EGR),  the  primary  NOx  emission
control  technique used  at this time,  is  known to  increase diesel
particulate emissions.   Presently,  there  is  a trade-off  involved
between diesel NOx and  particulate emissions.  While  the statutory
NOx standard is 1.0 g/mi (0.62 g/km)  beginning  in  1981,  EPA has  the
authority to waive the  standard  to 1.5 g/mi (0.93  g/km) for model
years  1981  to 1984.   EPA  has decided that  manufacturers   are
eligible  for  the  NOx waiver  if  they  can meet  the 1.0 g/mi (0.62
g/km) NOx standard only by significantly increasing the  particulate
emission  levels of  their vehicles.   EPA has  already granted   NOx
waivers  for  several   1981-82  model  year  light-duty diesel engine
families  and   those  manufacturers which  had  waiver  applications
rejected  due  to insufficient  information are eligible  to  re-apply
for the waiver.

     EPA  recognizes  the necessity of  designing prototype  vehicles
to emission levels below  those of  the  standards,  due  to  prototype-
to-certification  slippage,   car-to-car  variability,   test-to-test
variability, and  deterioration factors.   Analysis has shown  that
the safety margins claimed to be necessary by the  manufacturers  are
often  exaggerated;  at most  a 20  percent  margin  seems quite  ade-
quate.

     The  technical  analysis  has  indicated  that  the  manufacturers
could  all meet the  0.6  gpm  (0.37  g/km)  particulate standard  in
1981.    Many  of  the manufacturers  (Daimler-Benz,  Peugeot,  Fiat)
admitted  or  strongly implied such in  their  comments to the NPRM.
The technical staff has determined that, based  on the data  provided
during  the  comment  period,  General  Motors  and Volkswagen  (which
claimed  the  Audi 5000D could not meet  the  proposed standard  in
1981)  could meet  the 0.6 g/mi  (0.37 g/km)  level  in  1981  as well.
The  significant particulate  reductions that  have been achieved,
especially  on  the largest  diesel vehicles  which had the highest
baseline  levels, have been  almost  completely due  to engine modifi-
cations and optimizations,  the effect  of  which  EPA had under-
estimated  in  its  original analysis.    Turbocharging,  which EPA  had
emphasized  as  a  particulate  control  strategem,  has been adopted
only by Fiat  and Peugeot,  with  Mercedes continuing  to market  one
turbocharged model.

     Although  it has  been determined that  the  0.6  g/mi  (0.37 g/km)
standard  is  technologically  feasible  for  the  1981 model  year  for
those  manufacturers (mentioned above)  which reported on their
particulate control  programs, certification leadtime  requirements
dictate  the delay of its  implementation until  the 1982  model year.
For  those manufacturers which did not  report  any  particulate  data
to EPA, we can only conclude that the 0.6 g/mi (0.37 g/km)  standard

-------
can be met,  and  must  be met,  in order for them to sell light-duty
diesel  vehicles during  the  1982, 1983  and 1984  model  years.

     The 0.2 g/mi  (0.12  g/km)  standard  in  1985 is predicated upon
the  successful  development  of trap-oxidizer  technology.   The
research that  has  been done  to date has  convinced  the technical
staff that  trap-oxidizers  will be  feasible  for  production appli-
cation by the 1985  model year,  though improvements are necessary in
the areas of efficiency (need  approximately 60  percent efficiency),
durability (must last 50,000 +  miles),  and regeneration initiation
and control.   Experience  has  shown that in  the  absence of direct
regulatory  incentive, manufacturers have  rarely  invested  the
necessary resources into  new  emission  control  technologies.  With
such an incentive,  EPA is confident that the trap-oxidizer will be
successfully applied by the  1985 model year.

     The last  data EPA received concerning  trap-oxidizers  was in
response to  the  NPRM.   It  was  determined  that approximately 2 to
2-1/2 years  of  development  leadtime was  still  necessary from that
time.  Allowing the manufacturers an additional 2  to 2-1/2 years of
production leadtime (during which  minor  engineering  changes could
still be made)  would delay implementation until approximately 4-1/2
years from  the  publication of  the NPRM,  or until the  1984 model
year.

     While our technical analysis concluded that  there is a strong
likelihood that  trap-oxidizers will be  feasible for vehicle appli-
cation by  1984,  the uncertainty that exists with  regard  to trap-
oxidizer durability and  vehicle application has  convinced  EPA to
minimize  the economic risk of this  rulemaking by delaying  the
implementation of  the  0.20 g/mi (0.12 g/km)  standard  until 1985.
This extra year  will  have only a  marginal  effect on ambient sus-
pended particulate  levels  yet will ensure  that  the manufacturers
have enough time to optimize trap-oxidizer development.

     In addition to the  0.2 g/mi  (0.12  g/km) particulate standard
in 1985,  the  diesel manufacturers will also have  to comply with the
1.0 g/mi  (0.62  g/km)  NOx standard in 1985 or  possibly  earlier
(depending on  future NOx  waiver  decisions).   This may  likely
require the  use of higher  EGR rates  which  would be  expected to
increase particulate levels.  EPA expects that as the particulate/
EGR relationship becomes better understood, the deleterious effect
of EGR on  particulate  levels  will  be  lessened.  It is also likely
that other NOx control strategies will  be developed which will not
impact as  much  (or at all)  on particulate  levels.    Finally,  in
addition to  the  particulate reduction expected from the successful
application  of  trap-oxidizers,  EPA expects additional particulate
reductions  due  to  further engine  modifications  and  engine system
optimizations,  turbocharging,  and downsizing, the latter motivated
by the  progressively  higher corporate average  fuel  economy stan-
dards in the  early  1980's.

-------
     EPA has  determined  that the  combined  effect  of the  greater
inertia weight  and  road  load horsepower settings of  the  heaviest
typical light-duty truck (compared  to  the heaviest  typical  light-
duty vehicle)  justify  particulate standards 20 percent greater  than
the  light-duty  vehicle  standards,   all  other  things being  equal.
Light-duty trucks will have  a NOx standard  of  2.3 g/mi (1.43 g/km)
until  model  year 1985  while diesel  light-duty  vehicles  will  be
required to meet a NOx level in the range of 1.0 to 1.5  g/tni (0.62
to 0.93 g/km),  depending on  the  NOx waiver  decisions, until model
year 1985.  At the minimum,  light-duty diesel trucks will have  a  53
percent greater NOx standard than will light-duty diesel vehicles.
This NOx  cushion can account for  both  the greater  NOx emissions
(approximately  20  to 30 percent)  that would  be  expected  from
light-duty diesel trucks,  and  the  20  percent  greater particulate
emissions.  The trade-off  is  feasible  because  of the relationship
of  particulate  and  NOx  emission  levels to EGR.   Thus,  the  1982
standard  of  0.6 g/mi  (0.37  g/km)   will  apply  to  both  light-duty
vehicles and  light-duty  trucks.  An examination  of  current  light-
duty truck particulate levels has shown that they all can  meet the
standard.

     In 1985,  the cushion that now exists for light-duty truck NOx
emissions   is  expected to disappear.   Thus, the light-duty truck
particulate standard  should be 20  percent  greater  than  the light-
duty vehicle standard, all other things being  equal.  In addition,
it has been determined that an additional 10 percent factor should
be  applied to  the  standard because  downsizing  and the  use  of
smaller engines will  likely  not  take place  as  rapidly with light-
duty trucks as with  light-duty vehicles.  The 1985 light-duty truck
particulate standard  has  thus  been set at  0.26  g/mi (0.16 g/km).

E.   Environmental Impact

     Despite significant gains made in the control of particulate
emissions from stationary sources, there are  many air  quality
regions which are not able  to meet  the  primary National Ambient Air
Quality Standard (NAAQS)  for  total  suspended  particulate  matter
(TSP)  of  75 micrograms per  cubic meter (annual.mean).  As  diesel-
fueled  vehicles  assume  an  increasing  portion  of  the  light-duty
vehicle market,  their contribution to ambient TSP levels  will
increase,  because diesel-fueled  engines  emit approximately 40 times
the  amount of  particulate that  is emitted  by gasoline-fueled
engines equipped with catalytic  converters.

     It is expected  that between 15 and  25  percent  of  all new
light-duty vehicles and trucks sold by the  late 1980s  will  be
powered by diesel engines.   These  light-duty  diesels  would  have
emitted between  152,000  and 253,000  metric  tons  of  particulate
matter annually by  1990 without  control.  EPA arrived  at  this
figure  by  estimating  that between  10 and 17 percent of all light-

-------
duty  travel  would  be by diesels  in  1990.   Urban areas  would  have
been  the  areas  most  heavily  affected  by  these  emissions.   Ambient
particulate levels  from light-duty diesels  alone would have reached
2-11  micrograms  per  cubic  meter  (annual  geometric  mean)  in cities
such  as Chicago,  Los Angeles,  New  York,  and  Dallas.   Somewhat
smaller levels of  2-4 micrograms  per cubic meter (annual geometric
mean)  would  have  occurred  in smaller cities  such as  St.  Louis,
Denver, and  Phoenix.   These levels  would  have been expected  to
occur over large-scale areas within these cities.   Additional
particulate  levels  of  5-9  micrograms  per cubic meter  (annual
geometric mean) would have been expected in localized  areas within
90 meters  of very busy roadways.

     This  regulation will reduce  particulate emissions from light-
duty  diesels  by  74 percent  in 1990 with  respect  to what  would  be
expected without these regulations.  National particulate emissions
in  1990 from light-duty diesels  will be  reduced  by approximately
112,000-187,000 metric tons per year  to 40,000-66,000 metric
tons  per  year.  Urban emissions from these vehicles  will  also
decrease  74  percent  in 1990  from 84,000-141,000  metric  tons
per  year  to  22,000-37,000 metric tons  per  year.   This  emission
reduction will  reduce  ambient  light-duty diesel  particulate
levels in  large  cities (e.g.,  New York,  Chicago, Dallas)  by
1.5-8 micrograms per  cubic  meter  down to 0.5-3 micrograms per cubic
meter.    Light-duty  diesel   particulate   levels  in  smaller  cities
(e.g.,  St.  Louis,  Phoenix)  will  also  decrease by  1-3  micrograms
per cubic meter  to a level  of 0.5-1.0  micrograms per  cubic meter.
Localized   levels  which  occur over  and  above   these  larger-scale
impacts will also decrease  by 4-6  micrograms per cubic meter to 1-2
micrograras per cubic  meter.   These latter  impacts  could  occur  as
far as 90  meters from very  busy roadways.

F.   Economic Impact

     It is  expected   that  the retail  price of  light-duty  diesel
vehicles  and  trucks  will increase by  approximately $11-12  in  1982
and $138-164 in 1985 due to  the vehicle modifications  necessitated
by  this regulation.   In addition, lifetime  maintenance costs  are
expected  to  decrease  by $50  beginning in  1985.   Due to  past  and
future  increases  in  the price of  gasoline-fueled  vehicles due  to
emission controls,  EPA expects no  decrease in diesel sales  relative
to the sales of gasoline-fueled vehicles  due to aggregate  environ-
mental regulation.   The  aggregate  cost of  the  first  standard  over
the three years  it will be  in  effect  will be  $42-76 million  de-
pending on total  light-duty  diesel sales.   The  aggregate  cost  of
the second standard  over five years  (1985-1989)  will  be  $897-1857
million (present  value  in 1985).   All  these  costs  are in  1979
dollars.

     The range of per vehicle  costs for the 1985 standard is due  to
possible differences  in trap-oxidizer  systems which may  be  used  on
various models.   The wider ranges  given  for the aggregate  cost  of

-------
the two  standards  is  due to uncertainty  in  the  actual  number  of
Light-duty diesels which will  be  built  in that  time  frame.   The
lower limit of  the aggregate cost  in each case assumes  the lower
per vehicle cost  and  the  lower limit of EPA's estimate  of light-
duty diesel  production.   The  upper  limit of  the  aggregate  cost
assumes  the higher limit of both these factors.

G.   Cost Effectiveness
     In addition  to determining the cost  effectiveness of  the
1982  and  1985  standards, the  traditional methodology used  to
determine  cost effectiveness was examined  and found to be  in-
adequate when used to compare the cost effectiveness of different
particulate control  strategies.   In general,  the traditional
methodology only  focuses  on  total  emission  reductions,  which  may
not relate  directly to air quality,  health  and  welfare improvements
with respect to  particulate emissions.

     For example, the  traditional measure  of  cost effective-
ness  (dollars  per metric  ton of particulate  controlled) can  be
made more  relevant to health  improvements  by  considering only  the
inhalable  or fine  particulate  that is  controlled.  Based on avail-
able  data,  the  inhalable and, especially,  the  fine fractions  of
suspended  particulate may have the  greatest potential  adverse
health impact.   When this is  done,  the marginal  cost-effectiveness
ratio  for  the  1985 standard  is $2,400-3,025 per metric ton  of
inhalable  particulate and  $2,500-3,150  per metric ton  of  fine
particulate.  When these bases are used the cost effectiveness  of
the 1985 diesel standard  is  found  to be consistent with stationary
source  control  strategies  which  have  been  adopted  in  the  past.

     There  is  another  step  which  can be  taken to improve  the
measure of  cost effectiveness and that is  to relate it to reduc-
tions  in ambient  pollutant  concentrations  instead of  emission
reductions.   People's exposure to pollutants  is directly related to
the ambient  pollutant concentration of the  air they breathe,  but
only  indirectly  related   to  the  emissions  from  various  sources.
However, the data  necessary  to perform such an analysis are diffi-
cult to obtain  and not generally available.   Still, to indicate the
potential  effects  such  factors  can have  on  a  cost-effectiveness
analysis,  some  rough  calculations were performed. Using some  rough
indicators   of  a source's impact on  air  quality relative to  its
emissions,  it was  found  that  light-duty diesels produce between 32
and 134 times  the ambient pollutant  concentration  as the largest
power  plants (2,920  megawatt heat  input)  based  on equivalent
emission rates.   Similarly,  light-duty diesels produce between 0.8
and 3.4 times the  ambient pollutant  concentration as  smaller power
plants  (73 megawatt heat  input), based  on equivalent  emission
rates.  Only large-scale  impacts were examined.  Had  localized
impacts been included,  the  results  could  have been different.
Similarly,  a comparison  of a  different stationary source to light-

-------
duty diesels  could have  a  much  different  result.   One can imagine
the  potential  effects  of  adding  five  to ten  such  factors  to the
cost-effectiveness analysis.   The  results  of  the previous paragraph
could be made meaningless.   Thus, while the cost-effectiveness of
light-duty  diesel  control  appears  to  be consistent  with  that of
past EPA  actions,  the  use of  cost-effectiveness  to  compare dif-
ferent source strategies should  be taken very cautiously.  The type
of  factors  which need  to be  included are simply not  available and
could drastically  affect  the  results.  The  size  of  these factors
also  shows  the need  to further  develop  the methodology  used to
determine particulate  cost effectiveness  before  it  can really be
used to identify strategies which should be  implemented from those
which should not.

     The marginal  cost  effectiveness  of  the  1985  standard  could
only be compared with  those  from  a few other strategies.   Because
the  use of a marginal cost  effectiveness  is  relatively new,
these values  are  not readily available  for  most  existing control
strategies.   Similarly,  it  was available for  only one  future
control  strategy,  the   control  of emissions from  mid-sized  steam
generators  (3-73 megawatt heat  input).  As more  future control will
be  needed  than this  regulation  being promulgated  and  this one
additional  NSPS if the  nation  is  to meet the national ambient air
quality  standard for suspended  particulate,  the cost  effectiveness
of  the 1985 standard should really be  compared to  those strategies
which will  be  needed in the  future,  which haven't yet been  devel-
oped and implemented.  These strategies will likely be more  costly
than those of  the past,  since EPA has  been attempting to implement
the most cost effective strategies first.  This being  the case, the
cost effectiveness of the 1985  standard would appear even more cost
effective  than it  did against  the  past  strategies.  This is all the
more  reason  why  the 1985 standard  appears  to  be  a  reasonable
control  strategy.

H.   Alternative Actions Considered

     Control  of  particulate  emissions  from  light-duty  diesel
vehicles and  trucks  is  required by  the  Clean  Air  Act.   Thus, EPA
does not have  the authority to  forego  control of  light-duty  diesel
particulate emissions  in favor  of other particulate  control stra-
tegies.    However,  other  control  strategies were  examined  in the
course of  this rulemaking. Further  control  of stationary sources
and other mobile  sources of particulate emissions was considered.
Various  techniques which would  apply the emission standard  to the
average  emissions of a  manufacturer's fleet were also considered.
Finally,  per  vehicle emission  standards  for light-duty diesels of
varying  stringency were also  considered as  alternatives.

     The alternative of  further controlling stationary  sources of
particulate emissions  as a  substitute for  these  regulations  was

-------
rejected for two reasons.  First, while  stationary source controls
can mitigate the effects of future growth, they cannot be expected
to  reduce  TSP  concentrations  in urban  areas.   Secondly,   further
control of stationary sources  would  not  diminish the high levels of
diesel particulate near  roadways where  significant adverse  impacts
occur.

     The control of other nubile sources was also considered as an
alternative to these regulations.  It  was determined that control of
heavy-duty diesel particulate  emissions  will  be necessary, but even
the removal  of  these emissions would not  remove  the necessity of
these  light-duty  regulations.   The  Clean  Air  Act requires heavy-
duty  diesel  particulate regulations.   Regulations  for heavy-duty
diesel particulate  emissions  are  not being proposed at this time,
however,  as  a  transient  test  procedure  is necessary to adequately
measure heavy-duty diesel particulate emissions.   This  type  of test
procedure will not be required for diesels  until 1985,  when  it will
be used  to measure gaseous emissions and when heavy-duty particu-
late regulations are currently planned to come  into effect.

     Two distinct  averaging approaches  were  proposed by commenters
as alternatives  to EPA's individual per vehicle  particulate stan-
dards.  General Motors'  proposal would  require each manufacturer's
sales-weighted  average  particulate   level  over  its  entire  (diesel
and gasoline-powered)  light-duty  vehicle fleet to be  equal to or
less  than the  Corporate  Average  Particulate  Standard  (CAPS).
Volkswagen proposed that the  particulate  emission  levels from
diesel vehicles only  be averaged,  and  that  each  manufacturer's
sales-weighted  particulate  level be  required  to comply  with the
Diesel Average  Particulate Standard  (DAPS).  The  primary advantage
of both proposals  is the added  flexibility the manufacturers would
have  in  meeting  the  standards, both with  respect   to model  line
mix and  economics.   Theoretically,  CAPS allows the maximum flexi-
bility since its  inclusion of gasoline-powered vehicles allows the
averaging  of  near-zero  particulate  emission levels.   DAPS  allows
somewhat  less flexibility since  it can only "balance  out" high-par-
ticulate emitting  diesels  with  low-particulate  emitting diesels,
and there  is a  limit to  the extent  to which  this  can be effective.
In practice,  the adoption of either  CAPS  or  DAPS  would necessitate
lower average levels than those proposed by  the manufacturers, and
these  lower  levels would limit the  flexibility even  more.   There
would likely be very little flexibility  with  DAPS  at average levels
consistent with  the  concept  of best  available control technology.
CAPS would place an implicit  ceiling on  the total  light-duty diesel
particulate  loading  to  the atmosphere  (assuming  total light-duty
vehicle sales  to  be relatively constant).   DAPS  would limit only
the average diesel particulate level of  a manufacturer.

     While CAPS  does  provide  the  advantages  discussed  above,
EPA finds  far  too many  difficulties associated with its implemen-
tation and we reject it as  an  alternative to  the individual  vehicle

-------
                                  10
standards.   CAPS  would violate  the regulatory tenet  that  all
light-duty vehicles should be required to meet the same  emissions
standards.  Each engine family,  in effect, would have a  different
standard.   This  is difficult to  reconcile with  the  structure of
Title  II of the Clean  Air Act which  assumes individual vehicle
standards.  It  would also allow vehicle A to legally emit  more than
vehicle  B,  even though both  vehicles  satisfied  the  same general
function.   A  final drawback in this  regard  involves manufacturer
equity.   Since the CAPS  concept averages diesel and  gasoline-
powered  vehicle particulate  levels, and since the latter  are
typically very  low, a manufacturer's  corporate average particulate
level would be  dependent not only on its diesel vehicle particulate
levels but also on its relative proportion of diesel to  gasoline-
powered vehicles.   A manufacturer which produces a small  percentage
of  diesels  could  tolerate much higher  particulate  levels  on  its
diesels,  and still  comply with  a specific  CAPS,  than could a
manufacturer which  markets  a much higher  percentage  of diesels.
CAPS  licenses a manufacturer to produce greater quantities  of  and
progressively  higher-particulate  emitting  diesels as  it  increases
its gasoline-powered  vehicle  production.   EPA  considers  this to be
unacceptable.  CAPS  might  also act  to restrain competition  in  the
industry as a  firm  which wanted to produce light-duty  diesel
vehicles would likely find  it  impossible  to comply  with CAPS
without  also  producing similar quantities  of gasoline-powered
vehicles.  This  implicit limitation on diesel  sales is inconsistent
with  the  statutory authority  for  this Rulemaking.   Another major
problem with CAPS concerns enforcement.  Changing  from enforcement
on an engine family basis  with each  family having  to meet the same
standard to enforcement on a  fleetwide  basis  with a multitude of
different standards would require a whole new  enforcement  apparatus
and would likely result  in a  whole new series  of  problems.  Final-
ly, CAPS would allow  the  possibility  of localized particulate
impact  problems  in certain  cities,  downtown  areas,  or roadways
which might have an unusually high concentration of diesels emit-
ting at or near  the maximum level allowed.

     DAPS is much  more equitable to  diesel manufacturers  than
is  CAPS.   Regardless  of  the quantity  of  gasoline-powered or
diesel vehicles a  manufacturer  produces,  each manufacturer would
have  to  comply with  the  same average  diesel particulate  level.
Analysis has shown  that DAPS  levels  consistent  with best  available
control  technology  would not provide much  flexibility  to  the
manufacturers,  however,  since  DAPS  precludes the averaging of
gasoline-powered  vehicle  particulate  levels  and  since  it becomes
more difficult  to "balance  out"  a  high particulate-emitting diesel
with lower particulate-emitting diesels  as the standard  decreases.
Although DAPS  does  not share  the manufacturer inequity  prob-
lems  of  CAPS,   it  does share  the remaining problems  discussed
above:   it is inconsistent with Title II  of the Clean Air Act, it
would allow vehicle/vehicle inequities, it  would involve  cumbersome
enforcement  problems, and  it would  increase the likelihood of

-------
                                   11
localized impact problems.  Based  on  these problems,  and ^.ie fact
that DAPS  would not really  provide  very much  flexibility  to the
manufacturers anyway, EPA rejects  the  use  of  DAPS in favor of the
individual vehicle  standards.

     Alternative per vehicle standards were also examined for 1982
and  1985,  as  well  as adjustments  to  the years of implementation.
With respect to 1982, a standard significantly more stringent than
0.6  g/mi  (0.37  g/km) would  have prevented some current  light-duty
diesels from being  sold.   This  would have been  against EPA's policy
of basing  the  standard  on the  worst  case  vehicle,  which was out-
lined in the Preamble to the Proposed Rulemaking.  A standard less
stringent  than  0.6 g/mi  (0.37  g/km),  for example 0.8  g/mi  (0.50
g/km) or  1.0  g/mi  (0.62 g/km), would  certainly  reduce  the effort
needed to  comply with the initial  standard and would only margin-
ally affect air quality.  On the other hand, 1) these levels would
hardly require any  control,  2)  the  0.6  g/mi  (0.37  g/km) standard is
clearly achievable,  and 3)  the cost  effectiveness of the 0.6 g/mi
(0.37 g/km) standard is very good.  Given  these three reasons, any
standard higher than 0.6 g/mi  (0.37 g/km) was rejected.

     Two alternatives to  the  1982 implementation date were  exam-
ined, 1981 and  1983.  It  appeared  that the  technology necessary to
meet a 0.6 g/mi (0.37 g/km)  standard would  be available in time for
the  1981  model year.   However,  the  date  of  promulgation  of the
regulation would have been  too late  to  allow  the manufacturers to
certify all  of their vehicles  in  time  for the  start  of the 1981
model year.  To prevent the introduction of 1981  model year  light-
duty diesels from being  delayed, 1981  was rejected.   Postponing the
standard to 1983 would have  allowed the manufacturers an  additional
year to meet  the standard.   If it was actually achievable  in 1981
and  was  delayed a  year only  because  of a lack  of  testing  time,
there would appear to be  little need  to  delay  another year.   Thus,
1983 was also rejected.

     In determining the  second  level of control and its timing, the
analysis focused on  the trap-oxidizer, its  cost,  effectiveness and
availability.   The  primary alternatives  examined  were  0.2 g/mi
(0.12 g/km) and 0.5 g/mi (0.31  g/km)  standards  being  implemented in
1984 or  1985.   (For simplicity of discussion,  only  the  light-duty
vehicle  standard  will  be stated.)   The  more stringent standard
represented the level achievable using trap-oxidizer  technology and
the  less stringent  standard represented what was  achievable without
trap-oxidizers.  The air  quality difference between the two  stan-
dards was significant.   Regional particulate levels in the nation's
largest  cities  would be  0.7-7  microgram per  cubic meter higher
under the less stringent standard than the more stringent standard.
Also,  while the cost  of trap-oxidizer technology is  high, the
incremental cost effectiveness  of adding  trap-oxidizers was  not out
of  line  with those of  past strategies.   Thus, the  air  quality
benefits appeared to be well worth the cost and  the  0.5  g/mi  (0.31
g/km) standard was  rejected.

-------
                                   12
     With respect to the  implementation date of  the  0.2  g/mi  (0.12
g/km)  standard,  the question revolved  around  the date  that  trap-
oxidizer technology would be available.  This was determined  to be
1984  or  1985.   The delay  until  1985 will  ensure  a more  optimum
application of  trap-oxidizer technology but  will  marginally worsen
air quality.  Because of  the major  economic  commitment and  techno-
logical uncertanties involved, EPA  decided to delay  implementation
until the 1985 model year.

     The analysis for  light-duty  trucks was the  same  as that for
light-duty vehicles described above.  The only alternative not yet
addressed was that  of  alternate  levels  other than 0.26  g/mi  (0.16
g/km) in 1985.  The  available data on the  effects  of  inertia weight
and road load on particulate emissions  show  that  light-duty trucks
could  have up  to  30  percent higher emissions than  light-duty
vehicles using  equivalent  technology.   A standard either lower or
higher than 0.26 g/mi (0.16 g/km)  then would  either be  less  or more
stringent than  the  light-duty vehicle  standard  of  0.2  g/mi  (0.12
g/km).  This would create an artificial  bias  toward the sale of the
worst polluting class  and have  a negative  impact on air quality.
Thus, any standard  other  than 0.26  g/mi (0.16 g/km) was  rejected.

-------
                                   13



                            CHAPTER II

                           INTRODUCTION

A.   Background of Light-Duty Diesel Particulate Emission Regu-
     lation

     The  regulations  examined  in  this  document  are intended  to
limit the  emission of particulate matter  from  light-duty diesels.
The  regulations  were  mandated by Congress via  the  1977  Amendments
to the  Clean  Air Act  and apply to  diesel-powered  light-duty vehi-
cles (LDV-D's) and trucks (LDT-D's) hereafter designated  light-duty
diesels.   Section 202(a)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act  as  amended states:

     The Administrator shall  prescribe regulations  under paragraph
     (1) of this  subsection  applicable to  emissions of particulate
     matter  from classes  or categories  of  vehicles  manufactured
     during and  after model  year  1981  (or  during any earlier model
     year, if  practicable).   Such  regulations shall contain stand-
     ards which  reflect  the greatest  degree  of emission reduction
     achievable  through  the  application  of  technology  which  the
     Administrator determines will  be  available for the  model year
     to which  such standards apply, giving  appropriate  considera-
     tion to the cost of applying such technology within the period
     of time  available  to manufacturers and  to noise,  energy,  and
     safety factors associated  with the application of  such tech-
     nology.   Such standards shall  be promulgated  and  shall take
     effect  as  expeditiously  as   practicable taking  into account
     the period necessary for compliance.

     These  regulations  were  necessitated because  of the current
national urban  particulate  problem-II >2j   With current projections
showing  a likely  20% penetration  of  diesels  into  the   light-duty
and  medium-duty  market  by  the  late  1980's,  particulate emissions
from these diesel-powered vehicles will become a significant source
of particulate emissions in urban areas and a major source in areas
immediately nearby busy roadways.

     These  regulations  were  proposed on  February- 1,  1979._3/   A
public meeting was  held  on March  16,  1979 to allow General Motors
to present  its  corporate  averaging proposal and a public hearing
was held March 19-20, 1979 for all interested parties to comment on
the  proposed regulations.  The  comment period for the submittal of
written comments  was  held open until  April  19,  1979.   A detailed
summary and analysis  of  these comments is contained in  a separate
document.4/
*   Bracketed numbers  (JY)  indicate  references at  the  end of this
chapter.

-------
                                   14
B.   Description of  Particulate  Emission  ontrol  from Light-Duty
     Diesels

     1.   Test Procedure and Instrumentation

     The test  procedure  under which particulate emissions will be
determined is essentially the same test  procedure  currently used to
determine  gaseous  exhaust  emissions.    The  test  for  particulate
emissions  will  be performed simultaneously  with the  test for
gaseous pollutants.  Thus,  the driving  cycles, weighting procedure,
inertia weight  and  road load determination procedures, etc., will
remain the same as currently  set  forth  in  the current  Federal Test
Procedure.    The changes required  include  the need for  additional
equipment and instrumentation to  allow  for  the determination  of the
amount of particulate  matter being emitted.

     The most significant change in the test  equipment  will  be the
substitution of a dilution  tunnel  for the current baffle  box.  The
baffle box  causes  a  measurable  decrease  in  particulate  emissions
from diesels  due  to  particle deposition  on  the baffles.5/  The
dilution tunnel will  allow the diesel  exhaust  to be  diluted with
ambient air with a minimum  of particle  deposition.

     Also,  a  larger  constant volume   sampler  than  is currently
necessary  for  light-duty  testing  may  be required  for the  larger
diesel engines.  The need to reduce the  exhaust  temperature to less
than  125°F (52*C)  dilution  with ambient  air  will require more
dilution air than is currently available in these  cases.  Thus, the
purchase of CVS  units as  large  as 600  cfm (0.28 cubic meters per
second) may be required.

     2.    Emission Standards

     Light-duty vehicles and  trucks are currently required to meet
emission standards  for hydrocarbons,  carbon  monoxide,  and  oxides of
nitrogen, but  no  standards exist  for  particulate emissions.  The
current and future  standards  for the gaseous pollutants  are  shown
in  Tables  II-l and  II-2.    The  initial standard for  particulate
emissions from  LDV-D' s and LDT-D's  is  0.60  gram  per  mile  (g/mi)
(0.37 gram  per  kilometer   (g/km))  beginning  with  the  1982  model
year.  This  level  of  control  is  expected  to be reached  via minor
engine modifications.   The second  and  more  stringent  particulate
standard is being implemented in  1985 and is  0.20 g/mi  (0.12 g/km)
for LDV-D's and 0.26  g/mi  (0.16  g/km)   for  LDT-D's.  This level of
control is expected  to require the use of trap-oxidizers on most
vehicles.

     If a  final  market  penetration  for diesels  of  15-25%   is es-
timated,  these standards will result in a 74% reduction in partic-
ulate emissions from these  motor vehicle  classes in 1990 with

-------
                                   15
                             Table II-l

             Gaseous Emission Standards for Light-Duty Vehicles
                    Grams Per Mile (grams per kilometer)
Federal

1978-79
1980
1981 and on
California

1978-79
1980 V
198 1-A jZ/,2/
-B
1982-A 2] ,Z]
-B
1983 V
and on


1.
0.
0.


0.
0.
0.
0.39/0.
0.39/0.
0.39/0.
0.39/0.


HC
5 (0.
41 (0.
41 (0.

HC
41 (0.
41 (0.
41 (0.
41 (0.
41 (0.
41 (0.
41 (0.






CO
93) 15.0
25)
25)

7.0
3.4

(9.
(4.
(2.

3)
3)
1)

2
2
1

CO
25)
25)
25)
24/0.25)
24/0.25)
24/0.25)
24/0.25)

9.0
9.0
3.4
7.0
7.0
7.0
7.0

(5.
(5.
(2.
(4.
(4.
(4.
(4.

6)
6)
1)
3)
3)
3)
3)

1
1
1
0
0
0
0


NOx
.0 (1.
.0 (1.
.0 (0.

NOx
.5 (0.
.0 (0.
.0 (0.
.7 (0.
.4 (0.
.7 (0.
.4 (0.




HC Evap. I/
24)
24)
62) 4/

6
6
2

.0
.0
.0

HC Evap. I/
93)
62)
62)
43)
25)
43)
25)

6
2
2
2
2
2
2

.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0

J7   SHED test (grams per test).

2]   Manufacturers have the option of using  "A"  for  1981  and  1982
or of using "B" for  1981 and  1982.  Also, manufacturers have  a
choice between a 0.24 g/km non-methane hydrocarbon standard and  the
0.25 g/km total hydrocarbon standard.

2/   If emission durability is  established for  160,000 km (100,000
miles) the NOx standards for  Option A are 0.93 g/km  (1980-81) and
0.62 g/km (1982-83).

47   Waiver to 1.5 g/mi (0.93 g/km) possible until 1985.

-------
                                     16
                              Table II-2

              Gaseous Emission Standards  for Light-Duty  Trucks
                     Grams Per Mile (grains per kilometer)
Federal

1978
1979 21
1980 and on
1981 and on
California

1978
1979-80
(0-3999 IW)
(4-5999 IW)
1979
1980 and on
1981-82
(0-3999 IW)
(4-5999 IW)
1983 and on
(0-3999 IW)
(4-5999 IW)
California

1978-80
1978-79
1980 and on
1981-82
1983 and on


2.
1.
1.


HC
00 (1
70 (1
70 (1



.24)
.06)
.06)



20
18
18


CO
.0 (
.0 (
.0 (



12
11
11



.4)
.2)
.2)



3.
2.
2.



1
3
3


NOx
(1
(1
(1



.93)
.43)
.43)

(0-5999 GVWR)

0.

0.
0.



0.
0.

0.
0.
(6,000 and

0.


0.
0.
HC
90 (0

41 (0
50 (0



41 (0
50 (0

41 (0
50 (0

.56)

.25)
.31)



.25)
.31)

.25)
.31)

17

9
9



9
9

9
9
CO
.0 (

.0
.0



.0
.0

.0
.0

10

(5
(5



(5
(5

(5
(5

.6)

.6)
.6)



.6)
.6)

.6)
.6)

2.

1.
2.



1.
2.

0.
1.

0

5
0



0
0

NOx
(1

(0
(1



(0
(1

4 (0
0
(0

.24)

.93)
.24)



.62) 3/
.24) 4/

.25) 5/
.62) 3/
Larger GVWR)
HC
90 (0


60 (0
60 (0

.56)


.37)
.37)

17


9
9
CO
.0 (


.0
.0

10


(5
(5

.6)


.6)
.6)

2.


2.
1.

3


0
5
NOx
(1


(1
(0

.43)


.24) 6/
.93) 4/
JY   SHED  test  (grams  per test).
2J   Federal weight  class for LDT changes from 0-6000 GVWR  to
0-8500 pounds GVWR.
.3 / ,.4/, 5/> 6/  If emission durability is established for  160,900
kilometers the  NOx  standard is:  0.93,_3/ 1.24,_4/ 0.62,_5_/ or  1.43.6/
grams per  kilometer.
                                                                      HC Evap.  I]

                                                                         6.0
                                                                         6.0
                                                                         6.0
                                                                         2.0
                                                                      HC Evap.  I/

                                                                         6.0
                                                                         6.0
                                                                         2.0
                                                                      HC Evap.  I/
                                                                         6.0
                                                                         2.0

-------
                                   17
respect  to what  would  be  expected  without  these regulations.
National particulate emissions  in  1990  from  light-duty diesels will
be reduced from approximately  152,000-253,000 metric tons per year
to 40,000-66,000 metric tons per year.  Urban emissions from these
vehicles will also decrease 74% in 1990 from 84,000-141,000 metric
tons per year to 22,000-37,000  metric  tons per year.  This emission
reduction will reduce  light-duty ambient diesel particulate levels
in  large  cities  (e.g.,  New York, Chicago,  Dallas) from  2-11  to
0.5-2.9 micrograms per cubic meter.  Light-duty diesel particulate
levels  in smaller  cities  (e.g.,  St. Louis,  Phoenix) will  also
decrease from 2-4 to 0.5-1.0 micrograms  per  cubic meter.  Localized
levels which  occur  over  and above these larger-scale impacts will
also decrease  from  5-9 to  1-2 micrograms per  cubic meter.   These
latter impacts could occur  as  far as 90 meters away  from very busy
roadways.  The  primary  national ambient  air  quality  standard
(NAAQS) for TSP is 75 micrograms  per cubic meter.

     While  these  standards  are  projected  to  reduce  particulate
emissions  from light-duty  deisels  by  74%,  particulate  emissions
from these vehicles  will  still be  about 15  times greater than the
particulate  emissions  from a typical  catalyst-equipped  vehicle
powered by a  gasoline  engine.   Thus,  while  the standards call for
significant  control, they do not call  for  control to  a  level
attainable by an alternative type  of motor vehicle.

     No standards  are being  promulgated at this  time  to control any
other  aspects of diesel particulate besides its  total  weight.
While EPA health  effects  studies  performed  thus far indicate that
certain organic materials present  on  the  filter used to determine
diesel  particulate   mass  emissions may  present a  greater health
hazard than  the  particulate's  effect  on ambient TSP levels, there
is  currently  not  enough  data  available on which  to base special
control of  these  substances.   It  is  possible,  though, that addi-
tional standards will  be  promulgated  in the future  to control the
emission  of  any particularly  dangerous compounds  as more becomes
known about their effect on  health.

     The  new  standard for  particulate  emissions  could affect the
stringency  of current gaseous  emission standards,   especially the
NOx  standard,  since  some techniques  for controlling NOx emissions
increase  particulate emissions.   This  effect  has  been taken into
account in setting the level of the particulate standards contained
in this regulation  and should  not be a problem.  The  accompanying
changes   in the  test  equipment are  not expected  to affect the
stringency  of the  gaseous  emission  standards  already  in effect.
The  dilution  tunnel  should  be  equally effective as  the baffle box
in  mixing the  exhaust with the  dilution   air  and   the  additional
dilution  air  should  not  affect the  measurement  of gaseous emis-
sions.

-------
                                  18
C.   Organization of the Statement

     This statement presents  an assessment of  the environmental and
economic impacts  of the  particulate  emission  regulations  for
light-duty diesels which  EPA is  promulgating.   It provides  a
description of  the  information  and  analyses  used to  review  all
reasonable alternative  actions  and make  the  final decision.

     The  remainder  of  this  statement  is  divided  into  six major
sections.   Chapter  III  presents a  brief description  of  the manu-
facturers of light-duty vehicles and the market in which  they
compete.

     An  analysis  of  available  particulate  control  technology  is
presented  in  Chapter  IV.  Potential  emission standards  and their
timing are also discussed in  detail.

     An  assessment of  the primary and secondary environmental
impacts  attributed  to these  particulate  regulations  is  given  in
Chapter  V.   The degree  of control reflected  by  the  standards  is
described  and  a projection  of national particulate  emissions  in
1990 is  presented.  The  impacts  of these regulations  on urban and
roadside  air  quality are  also  presented.    Secondary  effects  on
other  air  pollutant emissions,  water  pollution and noise are also
discussed in this section.

     An examination of the cost  of complying  with  the new regula-
tions  is presented in  Chapter VI.   These  costs include  those
incurred  to install  emission  control  equipment  on  vehicles  and
trucks, costs required to  purchase  new emission testing equipment,
and  the  costs  to  certify  new vehicles  for  sale,  as well  as  any
increased vehicle operating costs  which  might  occur.   Analysis  is
made to  determine  aggregate  cost  for  the  1982-1989  time  frame.
Finally, the impact that this regulation will  have on industry and
consumers will  be reviewed.

     Chapter VII will  present  a cost effectiveness  analysis of this
action and  compare  the   results  of this analysis  with  those  per-
formed  on  other  mobile  source  and  stationary  source control stra-
tegies.

     Chapter VIII  will  examine  alternative mobile source control
options  including  alternative  approaches  to regulating light-duty
diesel  particulate  emissions and  alternative  per  vehicle emission
standards.  It also will explain why  the alternatives of achieving
additional  reduction  of  emissions from other mobile  sources  or
stationary sources were not considered to be acceptable substitute
actions for these regulations.

-------
                                   19
                            References

\J   "National  Air  Quality and  Emissions  Trends  Report,  1976,"
     OAQPS, OAWM, EPA, December 1977, EPA-450/1-77-002.

2/   "National Assessment  of  the  Urban Particulate  Problem, Volume
~    I:   National Assessment," OAQPS,  OAWM, EPA, July  1976,  EPA-
     450/3-76-024.

_3_/   "Particulate Regulation  for Light-Duty Diesel Vehicles,"
     Federal Register, Vol. 44, No. 23, Thursday,  February 1, 1979,
     pp. 6650-6671.

_4/  "Summary  and Analysis  of  Comments, Light-Duty  Diesel  Partic-
     ulate Regulations," MSAPC, EPA, October 1979.

_5_/   Black, Frank,  "Comments  on Recommended Practice  for Measure-
     ment  of  Gaseous  and  Particulate  Emissions from  Light-Duty
     Diesel Vehicles," ORD, EPA, April  13, 1978.

-------
                                   20


                            CHAPTER III

                DESCRIPTION OF LDV AND LOT INDUSTRY

A.   Definition of Product

     A light-duty vehicle (LDV) is currently  defined  as a passenger
car or passenger car derivative capable  of seating  12 passengers or
less.

     A light-duty  truck  (LOT) is any motor  vehicle  rated  at 8500
pounds (3546 kg) Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)  or less, has a
vehicle curb weight of 6000 pounds  (2722  kg) or  less  and a maximum
basic vehicle  frontal  area of 46  square  feet  (4.3  square meters)
and  is:   a) designed  primarily  for purposes of transportation of
property or  is a  derivative  of  such a vehicle, b)  designed pri-
marily for transportation of persons having a capacity of more than
12  persons  or  c)   available  with  special features  enabling off-
street or off-highway operation and use.

B.   Structure of the Industry (Production and  Marketing)

     U.S. manufacture  of  light-duty  vehicles  is  almost  entirely
done  by  the  five major motor  vehicle  manufacturers:   General
Motors, Ford Motor  Company, Chrysler  Corp.,  Volkswagen of  America,
and American Motor Corp.   In 1978, sales of passenger cars  totalled
11.4  million  of which  9.3 million were  of  domestic origin,  0.8
million were  from  Canada and  1.3 million were  from  foreign  manu-
facturers.   The major foreign importers were Toyota, Volkswagen,
Nissan, Honda and Fiat.

     The manufacture  of light-duty trucks sold in the  U.S. is
primarily accomplished  by  the major domestic  passenger  car pro-
ducers.  General Motors  Corporation (Chevrolet and CMC divisions),
Ford Motor  Company  and Chrysler  Corporation  (Dodge Truck Division)
all have separate  truck  divisions  which produce  light-duty  as well
as  heavy-duty  trucks.    American Motors  Corporation operates  the
Jeep  division which  manufactures  light-duty  trucks.   The  other
major domestic manufacturer of LDT's is  the International Harvester
Corporation (IHC).

     Some LDT's  sold in  the  U.S.  are  imported.  The majority of
U.S.  imports  of  trucks come  from the Canadian  plants operated by
U.S.  domestic  producers.   Some  imports,  primarily   light  pick-up
trucks,  under 4,000 pounds  (1814 kg)  GVWR,  come  from Japanese
producers.  The major importers are Nissan (Datsun),  Toyota,  Isuzu,
and  Toyo  Kogyo.    Both  Toyota and  British Leyland  Company  import
utility  vehicles  under  6,000 Ibs.  (2722 kg)  GVWR.   Imports  ac-
counted  for  about   6%  of all   1978  factory sales of  trucks with  a
GVWR less than 8500 pounds (3856 kg) GVWR.

-------
                                   21
     Table III-l shows unit  factory sales  for  LDV's  and  LDT's  from
U.S.  plants.   Most data available on  LDT's are presented  in  a
0-10,000 pound  (0-4536 kg) category.   Since the definition of LDT's
includes only  vehicles up  to  8,500 pound (3846 kg)  GVWR,  some
adjustment to  the   0-10,000  pound  category was necessary  for  this
analysis.  The  industry  production data  available  to EPA indicates
that  slightly  over  five  percent of  all  trucks  with GVWR's  less
than 10,000 pounds  (4536 kg) have GVWR's of more  then 8,500  pounds
(3856  kg).   This  five  percent  figure is  used in Table  III-l  and
throughout this  analysis  to  adjust  production data to fit the  new
LOT definition.

     Table III-2 shows  new  car and  truck registrations  for  1974
through  1976.  These figures  represent the  numbers  of both domestic
and  imported  vehicles  bought  by  U.S.  consumers  in those  years.
This table also  includes total passenger car  and motor  trucks  that
were registered in  1974 through  1976.

     Table III-3  is a breakdown  of  registrations by manufacturer
for 1978 LDV's.  Also  included  is  the  percent  of  the passenger car
market registrations for each manufacturer.

     Table III-4 gives  similar   information for the  LOT  industry.
It  should  be  noted that Table  III-4 gives  market  shares for  0-
10,000 pounds  (0-4536  kg) GVW  truck  sales.   Data  indicating  the
portion  of sales  for 0-8,500 pounds  (0-3856  kg)  GVW LOT  for  each
manufacturer  were  not  available and  the  assumption  that  slightly
over 5 percent  of  sales  would be over 8500 Ibs.  (3856 kg) GVWR is
not valid for all manufacturers.

     Sales of  diesel powered  light-duty  vehicles  and trucks  are
still  a  small  fraction  of  total  production,  but  are steadily
increasing each  year.   Diesel  penetration   into the  two  markets  by
the late  1980's has been  projected  to  be a  high  as 25%.  Table
III-5  shows  past  sales  and  1979  projections of  diesel  sales  in
the U.S.

     U.S. light-duty vehicle  and truck manufacturers  operate  with  a
fair degree of vertical integration.   As  is typical of many capital
intensive  industries,  the  manufacturer seeks  to  assure  itself  of
some control over  the  quality and availability  of the  final  pro-
duct.   Thus,  the major manufacturing  companies have  acquired  sub-
sidiaries or  started divisions  to produce many of  the parts used  in
the manufacture  of their cars  and trucks.   None, however,  build
their  vehicles  without buying  some equipment from independent
vendors.

     The  vertical  integration  typical of  passenger  car  and truck
manufacturers extends beyond  the production of the  vehicle into its
sale.   The manufacturers  establish  franchised  dealerships to  handle
retail trade and  servicing  of their  products.  Most  also produce
and sell the  parts and  accessories required to  service  their

-------
                                              Table  IH-1




                             LPT  and  LPT Factory  Sales  from U.S.  Plants I/
Type of Vehicle
Light-Duty Vehicle
Light-Duty Truck 5/
1978 2/
9,165,190
3,099,966
1977 2/
9,200,849
2,897,080
1976 3/
8,497,603
2,505,448
1975 3/
6,712,852
1,848,223
1974 4/
7,331,946
2,154,892
1973
9,657,647
2,372,269
          TOTAL:       12,265,156      12,097,929      11,003,051       8,561,075      9,486,838    12,029,916






Source:  Motor Vehicle Manufacturers Association  of  the  United  States,  Inc.
\J  Includes those vehicles produced  in U.S. that  are exported.




2J  Data from Automotive Hews, 1979 Market Data Book, April  25,  1979,  pp.  20,  40.




"$]  Data from Automotive News, 1977 Market Data Book, pp.  48,  62.




l\J  Data from Automotive News Almanac, 1975.




5/  Assumed to be 95% of sales of trucks  less than  10,000  Ib.  GVW.

-------
                                   23
 Source
LDV
LDT

TOTAL:
        Table III-2

New Vehicle Registrations _!_/

              New Vehicle Registrations

      1976              1975              1974
    9,751,485
    2,588,213

   12,339,698
 8,261,840
 2,397,417

10,659,257
  8,701,094
  2,656,918

 11,358,012
Source
LDV
LDT and HDV

TOTAL:
      1976

   110,583,722
    26.560.296

   137,144,018
                                  Total  Vehicle  Registrations

                                             1975              1974
107,371,000
 26,356,000

133,727,000
104,901,066
 25,036,736

129,937,802
Source:   1974 and  1975 Data:  Automotive  News  Almanac,  1976.
          1976 Data:  Automotive News,  1977  Market  Data  Book Issue.
_!_/  Includes imports.

-------
                         24
                    Table III-3

    New Car Registration of Light-Duty Vehicles
             by Manufacturer for 1978
Manufacturer
General Motors
Ford
Chrysler
Toyota
Nissan (Datsun)
Honda
Volkswagen
American Motors
Other
TOTAL
Source: Automotive News,
Number of
Units Produced
5,217,554
2,508,249
1,112,111
427,465
337,523
258,151
239,612
157,797
687,642
10,946,104
1979 Market Data Book Issue,
% of Passenger
Vehicle Market
47.7
22.9
10.2
3.9
3.1
2.4
2.2
1.4
6.2
100.0
p. 14 and
61.

-------
                                    25
                               Table  III-4

                    U.S.  Sales  of  Light-Duty  Trucks
                       by  Manufacturer  for  1978  I/
Manufacturer
Chevrolet
CMC
Ford
Chrysler
AMC/Jeep
IHC
Other Manufacturers 2/
Number of
U.S. Sales
1,233,932
283,540
1,219,693
404,514
163,548
36,065
210,041
% of Light
Truck Market
35
8
34
11
5
1
6
     TOTAL                    3,551,333                    100%

Source:  Automotive News,  1979 Market Data Book,  P.  44.
y LDT defined as 0-10,000 pounds GVW.
2/ Includes imports.

-------
                                   26
                              Table III-5

     U.S. Sales of Diesel-Powered Light-Duty Vehicles and Trucks



    Model                      1976      1977      1978       1979*
Mercedes-Benz \J
     240D
     300D
     300SD
9,024
12,521
-0-
9,770
11,333
-0-
6,600
16,000
5,200
8,600
15,300
9,300
   jn  v -                     -0-      7,500     36,386    110,000
 and Dasher                                                    '

Peugeot 504D V                4,549     4,914     5,547     8,100

General Motors 4/
     350 Oldsmc
     350 Pick-up
     260 Oldsmc

IHC Scout V



               TOTAL          27,064     34,754    123,064    351,300
bile -0-
p -0-
bile -0-
970
-0-
-0-
-0-
1,237
35,180
16,920
-0-
1,231
118,000
31,000
50,000
1,000
* Projections.
\J   Personal  communication  with  Martin  Emberger, Mercedes-Benz,
April 3, 1978.
2J   Personal communication  with L.L. Nutson,  Volksagen, April  4,
1978.
2/  Personal communication with  Richard Lucki,  Peugeot, March  1978.
b]  Personal communication with  A.  Lucas, General Motors, April  7,
1978.
5/   Personal  communication  with  T.A.  Jacquay, . IHC,  March  1978.

-------
                                    27
vehicles.  Many  of the truck dealerships are coupled with  the
passenger car dealerships.   As of January  1979, there  was  a  total
of  24,051  passenger car dealerships  and 22,189 truck  dealerships
The total  truck dealerships include dealerships for heavy-duty as
well  as  light-duty trucks, and accounts  for those  dealerships
operating jointly with passenger car sales offices.

     Table  III-6  provides   a  breakdown  of  all light-duty  vehicle
dealerships by  manufacturer and  Table  III-7  provides  this  infor-
mation for truck dealerships.   The "Others"  category in Table  III-7
includes dealerships  of manufacturers  that  produce  only heavy-duty
vehicles, and also  1,211 dealerships  for Plymouth which introduced
the 4-wheel  drive  Trail  Duster  (an  off-road  utility  vehicle)  in
1974.

C.   Sales and Revenues

     Vehicle sales  from domestic manufacturers for  1978 were  14.6
million vehicles at a  total wholesale value  of about  $122  billion.
For 1977, 14.4 million vehicles  were  sold at a wholesale values of
$112  billion.   Total  profits  for the domestic manufacturers  were
$4.9 billion in 1978 and $5.2 billion in 1979.

D.   Employment

     It  is  estimated  that  about  three  and  a half  million  workers
are employed  in  the  manufacturing, wholesaling  and retailing  of
motor  vehicles (passenger  cars,  trucks,  and  buses)  with a  total of
about  $53 billion  in  wages  paid to those employees.   Most  employ-
ment data are aggregated for  producers of all  classes  of  cars and
trucks since  some  production  facilities manufacture both  cars and
trucks.  Statistics show that  over 14 million workers were  employed
in  1973  by motor  vehicle   related  industries.   The total  annual
payroll  of  these  workers   amounted  to  over  $119   billion  (1973).
Much of  this employment is  centered  in  California,  Michigan,  Ohio,
New York, Indiana, Illinois, Missouri, and Wisconsin.

-------
                                    28
                              Table  III-6

              Passenger Car Dealerships by Manufacturer

Total
Franchises as Dealers as
Manufacturer of
American Motors
Chrysler Corp.
Chrysler
Dodge
Plymouth
Ford Motor Co.
Ford
Lincoln
Mercury
General Motors Corp.
Buick
Cadillac
Chevrolet
Oldsmobile
Pontiac
TOTALS :
Minus Intercorporate
Net
Jan. 1,1979 of Jan. 1, 1979
1661 1661
9174 4786
3343
2816
3015
10190 6639
5564
1642
2948
17210 11565
3050
1635
5950
3330
3245
38235 24651
Dealers 600
Dealers: 24051
                                                              Unit Sales
                                                              Per Outlet
                                                             1978    1977
                                                              105
                                                              326
                                                              115
                                                              195
                                                              256
                                                              215
                                                              394
                                                              302
                                                              277
112
                                                               89      96
                                                              158     162
                                                              133     143
335
112
172
245
207
381
294
249
Source:  Automotive News,  1979 Market  Data Book,  pp.  62,71.

-------
                                   29
                               Table  III-7

                  Truck Retail Outlets by Manufacturer
Manufacturer

Ford

Chevrolet

CMC

Dodge

IHC

American Motors

Others



          TOTALS:

  Adjustment for
  Multiple Franchises

   Net Dealers:
Outlets as
of Jan. 1,1979
5648
5939
2721
3284
1675
1768
2822
23827
1638
Unit Sales
Per Outlet
1978
233
215
121
141
70
93
	
24651

22189
Source:  Automotive News, 1979 Market Data Book, pp. 44, 98.

-------
                                  30
                            CHAPTER IV

                     STANDARDS  AND TECHNOLOGY

A.   Background

     1.   Basis and Nature  of Standards

     The  first federal  air pollution  legislation was  the Air
Pollution Control  Act  passed by Congress in  1955.   It  was not
until  1963,  however,  that the  federal  government  confronted
the  seriousness of the  air pollution problems  then  facing the
United States.  Finding that "the predominant  part of  the  Nation's
population  is  located in  its  rapidly expanding  metropolitan  and
other  urban areas,  which  generally  cross  the  boundary  lines  of
local  jurisdictions  and  often  extend into two  or more  states,"!/
and that "the growth  in the amount and complexity of air pollution
brought  about  by  urbanization,  industrial  development,  and  the
increasing use of motor vehicles, has resulted in mounting dangers
to the public health  and welfare, including injury to  agricultural
crops  and  livestock,  damage to and the deterioration  of property,
and hazards  to air  and  ground transportation,"^/ Congress  passed
the Clean Air  Act  of 1963  to  (among  others)  "protect  the  Nation's
air resources  so  as to promote the  public health and welfare  and
the  productive  capacity  of its  population."^/    Since  that  time,
Congress has modified the Clean Air  Act with the Motor  Vehicle  Air
Pollution Control  Act of  1965,  the  Clean  Air  Act Amendments  of
1966,  the Air Quality Act of 1967, the Clean Air Act Amendments  of
1970,  and the Clean Air Act  Amendments of 1977.

     In view of the  substantial air  pollution contribution made  by
motor  vehicles, and the transient,  interstate  nature of  their
usage,   the  Administrator of  the Environmental  Protection  Agency
(EPA)  has  been given  broad authority to:   "prescribe  (and  from
time to  time  revise)  in accordance  with  the provisions  of  this
section, standards applicable  to the  emission of any air pollutant
from any class or  classes of new motor  vehicles or  new motor
vehicle engines, which in his judgment cause, or contribute to,  air
pollution which may reasonably be anticipated  to endanger  public
health or welfare."^/  In many cases, Congress itself  has  mandated
specific motor  vehicle  emissions reductions, as  with hydrocarbon
(HC),  carbon monoxide (CO), and nitrogen  oxides  (NOx)  emissions.

     As a result of  the concern over  the public health  and welfare
implications of an  increasingly dieselized motor  vehicle  popula-
tion,  Congress approved an  amendment to  the  Clean Air Act  in 1977
that mandates the  particulate  regulations  for  motor  vehicles.
Section  202(a)(3)(A)(iii)  states  that:   "The  Administrator  shall
prescribe regulations under  paragraph  (1) of  this  subsection
applicable  to emissions of particulate matter  from classes  or
categories  of  vehicles  manufactured  during  and  after model  year

-------
                                   31
 1981  (or during  any  earlier model  year,  if  practicable).    Such
 regulations  shall  contain  standards  which  reflect  the  greatest
 degree  of  emission  reduction  achievable  through  the  application of
 technology which the Administrator determines will  be available for
 the  model  year to  which  such standards apply,  giving  appropriate
 consideration  to  the  cost  of applying such  technology within the
 period  of time available to manufacturers and to  noise,  energy, and
 safety  factors  associated with  the  application of  such  technology.
 Such  standards  shall  be  promulgated and  shall  take  effect as
 expeditiously  as  practicable  taking  into account the  period neces-
 sary for compliance."

     There  has been considerable  confusion  over  the  role of the
 carcinogenicity question  in  this rulemaking.   Many diesel health
 effects programs have been undertaken,  with special emphasis on the
 questions of  tnutagenicity  and carcinogenicity,  but  these  programs
 will not produce  final  results  for  some time.    This  Rulemaking is
 in  direct   response  to  Section  202(a)(3)(A)(iii)  and  as  such is
 concerned  with  total  particulate  and not with  any  particular
 component of the particulate.

     Clearly,  it  is only through  the application of  best available
 control technology that  "the greatest degree  of emission reduction"
 can be  achieved.   EPA  examined  a number of approaches that  could
 have been used in setting the  particulate standards.   The approach-
 es  considered  included  setting a  standard  requiring the  best
 available control technology,  and:

     1)    Based  on  the  lowest particulate level achievable by the
 best  light-duty  diesel with respect to  particulate  emissions;

     2)    Based  on  the  lowest particulate level achievable by the
 best  light-duty  vehicle  (gasoline or diesel) with  respect to
 particulate emissions;

     3)    Based  on  the  lowest particulate level achievable by the
worst  light-duty  diesel  with  respect to  particulate  emissions;

     4) •   Requiring an  equal  level  of effort by all  manufacturers
 on each of  their vehicle lines.

     We rejected the first  approach  because it would  have prevented
 all diesels from being marketed  except  for  subcompacts  and  possibly
 small pick-ups with  small  engines.  The "appropriate  consideration"
to  leadtime,  cost,  noise,  energy,  and safety  factors required by
 Section 202(a)(3)(A)(iii) has convinced  EPA  that Congress  did not
 intend, as  a  result  of  this  Section,  to force any diesel powered
vehicles out of production.    We did  not select the  second  approach
 for the same reason; in fact, since  gasoline-powered vehicles with
three-way catalysts  emit very  low levels  of particulate, a  standard
based on this  approach  would  likely prevent  any light-duty diesel

-------
                                  32
vehicles  from  being sold  in this  country.    The  fourth  approach
would be workable  only  if  an engine or vehicle parameter  could be
determined to affect particulate emissions  to such  an  extent that a
graduated standard could be based on that parameter.   No such
parameter has been identified.   In addition,  adoption  of  the fourth
approach would result in different standards  for vehicles competing
in the  same  market.   This  would conflict with the standard policy
of equal  treatment  towards  all  light-duty vehicles which  have the
general  purpose  of  personal  transportation.  Thus,  we  based the
particulate  standards on  the lowest particulate levels  achievable
by the  worst light-duty diesel  with  respect to particulate  emis-
sions.   This approach  allows  standards which provide significant
particulate  reductions,  but  which do  not  force  any  diesel models
out  of  production,  unless   the  manufacturer refuses  to  make the
necessary changes to meet the standards.  This approach requires at
least  some  manufacturers  to utilize  the best  available control
technology.

     When  projecting a  near-term standard when little time exists
for  technological  advances,  it  is relatively simple  for a regula-
tory  agency  to  predict  what  the best  available control  technology
will  be,  and to set a  standard based  on  its application.   It  is
more  difficult to  regulate on  this basis in  the long-term because
of the uncertainty that  inevitably surrounds  expected  technological
improvements.   Nevertheless, to  fulfill  the "greatest  degree of
emission reduction" mandate of  the Clean Air  Act, EPA has concluded
that  it  is absolutely necessary to issue  standards which  motivate
the  private  sector  to maximize  its  efforts in reducing particulate
emissions  from  light-duty  diesel  vehicles.   Experience has  shown
that  in  absence  of  the  regulatory  incentive,  the automotive  indus-
try has often ignored environmental concerns.  This is not  surpris-
ing,  as emission control is a classical economic  externality  to the
automotive manufacturer,  and as  such  would  receive  little   or no
attention  due  to pressure from the marketplace.   The  attempt  to
require best available control technology in the  future  often
requires  technology-forcing  standards, standards which  are  admit-
tedly unattainable  at  the time they  are  proposed,  but  which  the
regulatory agency  expects  to be  attainable  by the time they take
effect.   While recognizing the  inherent uncertainty  of technology-
forcing  standards,  EPA  reaffirms  its  support of. them in  general,
and  of  their application  in  this particular  rulemaking.   Both  the
1982 and 1985 particulate standards have been based upon  the  levels
achievable by  the  highest  particulate-emitting  light-duty diesel
vehicle utilizing best available control technology.

      2.   Particulate/KOx Relationship

     One  factor  that had complicated  the  diesel particulate  regu-
lations was the uncertainty surrounding the diesel  NOx standard for
the  years  1981  to  1984.   The  Clean Air Act  mandated a  light-duty
vehicle  NOx  standard of  1.0 g/mi  (0.62  g/km) beginning  with  the
1981  model year,J5/  but  it  included  a provision  allowing EPA  to

-------
                                   33
waive  the NOx  standard to  1.5  g/mi (0.93  g/km) for  light-duty
diesel vehicles for model years  1981  to  1984.6J

     The  primary  NOx control technique  presently  used  is exhaust
gas recirculation  (EGR).  It is expected that EGR would be used by
many manufacturers to meet  a 1.5  g/mi (0.93 g/km) NOx standard, and
by  practically  every  manufacturer  (at higher  rates)  to  meet  a 1.0
g/mi (0.62 g/km) NOx standard.   It  is well known that EGR  increases
particulate emissions, and that  the greater  the EGR rate,  the
greater the  increase  in particulate  emissions.   Thus  the  level of
the diesel NOx  standard has  a  significant  effect  on the  level and
feasibility of the diesel particulate standards.

     In the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM), EPA assumed that
the NOx waiver  would  not be granted  to any manufacturer.^/  Thus,
the proposed  standards  were based on  the  worst-case  scenario for
particulate  emissions,   i.e.,  on  the  assumption  that  light-duty
diesel vehicles  would require  relatively large EGR  rates to meet
the most stringent NOx standard.

     Data  received  from the  industry  have convinced  EPA that
with the  current  state  of  diesel emission control technology, NOx
control to 1.0  g/mi  (0.62  g/km)  is not  feasible at this  time with
acceptable durability  and  particulate  emissions  control  for all
engine families.   Thus, EPA has  granted NOx waivers  for several
1981-82  model  year  light-duty diesel  engine  families.   Those
waivers which  were rejected were  rejected based  on insufficient
information.   If sufficient  emissions data  are  provided,  the
remaining engine families  are also  eligible  for  NOx  waivers.

     In the near-term, it has been  important  to consider the diesel
particulate and diesel  NOx issues  simultaneously, because of their
interrelationship through the use of  EGR.  EPA has done this in its
technical analyses.  In  the  future, EPA expects this interrelation-
ship to lessen  as  NOx control  technologies  are  developed  which do
not impact on particulate emissions.

     3.   Design Targets

     EPA  recognizes   the  problems  involved  in  setting   emissions
standards  that  future production  vehicles will be required to meet,
based  on  data  primarily  from  low-mileage, research-prototype
vehicles.   We understand the necessity  of designing  such  research
prototypes to emissions  levels below the standards  with which the
production and durability vehicles must ultimately comply.  Proto-
type-to-certification slippage,  car-to-car  variability,  test-to-
test variability, and deterioration factors  must all  be  taken into
account when anticipating the emission  level  that  will  be achiev-
able for production vehicles based on low-mileage, research-proto-
type vehicles.

-------
                                  34
     There will  likely  be  a certain slippage between the particu-
late  levels  of  research-prototype  vehicles  and the levels a manu-
facturer  could  confidently  expect  to  achieve  with certification
vehicles.  Based on our experience with the  certification process,
we would  expect  this  margin to be small.   It is now fairly common
for major manufacturers to  perform their emissions  control develop-
ment  on duplicate  vehicles,8/  which reduces the likelihood of
erroneously obtaining very  low emissions levels due to an atypical
vehicle.

     EPA  considers  the  concerns  over car-to-car variability to be
misplaced.   Although  there  will  likely  be production variability
with respect to particulate  emissions, it is expected to be small.
The  statistical sampling  program  used  in  Selective  Enforcement
Auditing    also  considers   production variability.   Test-to-test
variability, which  can be   considered  a part of car-to-car varia-
bility,  also is  not  a serious problem.    EPA has found  diesel
particulate test-to-test variability to be less than 5 percent and
GM has  reported similar result s.9_/   In any case,  we  expect both
car-to-car and  test-to-test variability to  improve  in the future as
the  manufacturers   become  more  familiar  with  diesel  particulate
control techniques  and the  test procedures.

     Our  original  assumption  of  a  negligible  diesel  particulate
deterioration  factor_H>y  was  based on the  low HC deterioration
factors of 1978 certification diesel vehicles and on the well known
stability  of  the compression  ignition engine.   The stability of
diesel  HC with mileage accumulation is reaffirmed by  the 1979
certification data; the average HC  deterioration factor for light-
duty  diesel vehicles was   1.06.   While we  do not claim that RC
deterioration factors  are  perfect  indicators of particulate deter-
ioration  factors, the  former are  one gauge we have to predict the
latter.

     GM was  the  only  manufacturer to report any particulate dura-
bility data.   GM calculated particulate deterioration factors for
four  cars,  shown in  Table  IV-1.   They were  all  based  on  limited
data.

     It is rather difficult  to draw any conclusions from the data
in Table  IV-l.   The 1976 Opel  was  used  for  particulate trap devel-
opment by  GM.   The  data used  in  the  deterioration  factor calcula-
tion for  this vehicle were  all gathered as baselines with standard
exhaust  systems  during  this  development  program  except  for  the
5,000-mile data which  were gathered prior  to the trap development
program.   If the  5,000-mile data  were  excluded,  the particulate
deterioration factor would  be very close to  1.0.  It should  also be
noted that the lowest deterioration  factors were for the  5.7-liter
GM engine,  while the  higher  values  were  for  the Opel  2.1-liter
engine that is  not  sold in  the  U.S.  Finally, particulate  data were
reported  for one other GM  1980 5.7-liter, 4,500-pound vehicle with

-------
                                   35







                             Table IV-1




                 GM Particulate Deterioration Factors 11/






Car/Displacement                     Test           Particulate DF






80 Olds Delta 88/5.7 L         50 K AMA                1.03







80 Olds Delta 88/5.7 L + EGR   27.6 K AMA              0.66






78 Opel/2.1 L + EGR            50 K AMA                1.26






76 Opel/2.1 L                  Trap development        1.53




                               Baseline Tests

-------
                                   36
limited mileage  accumulation  in GM's  NOx Waiver Application sub-
mitted  to  EPA  in  May,  1979.12_l   Four  emissions  tests  were per-
formed both  at  5,500 and at  19,000  miles on car 86597, two  tests
with EGR  and two tests without  EGR  at each mileage.  All mileage
accumulation was  with  EGR.    With EGR  the particulate emissions
dropped from 0.86 g/mi  (0.53 g/km)  at  5,500 miles  to  0.67 g/mi
(0.42 g/km) at 19,000 miles.   Without EGR the particulate emissions
went from  0.47  g/mi  (0.29 g/km)  to  0.42 g/mi (0.26 g/km).   Thus,
for  car  86597  the particulate deterioration factor appears  to be
less than one,  both with and  without  EGR.

     GM somehow interpreted  the data  in Table IV-1  to conclude that
particulate deterioration factors  would  be  in the  range of  1.2 to
1.4._1_3_/   The foregoing  analysis  of  GM's own  data  indicates that
there  is  no basis  for  that  conclusion.   Rather,  GM's durability
data,  the low diesel HC deterioration factors,   and  the stable
nature of the diesel engine  all indicate  that particulate deterior-
ation factors will be very low, most  likely in  the  range of  1.0 to
1.1.

     The  EPA technical  staff concludes  that the  claims  made by
many manufacturers that they  must design to  levels  40 to  50 percent
lower  than  the  particulate  standard  are greatly  exaggerated.
Certainly design  targets  are  necessary,  but  at  most a 20 percent
safety margin appears quite  adequate.

     4.   Baseline

     As part of the initial  particulate characterization  process,  a
comprehensive  particulate baseline  was  developed   by  testing 25
light-duty diesel vehicles and trucks.   The most relevant  particu-
late data, those from 1979 certification diesel  vehicles, are given
in Table IV-2.

     B.   1982 Standard

     EPA  had proposed  that  a  0.60  g/mi  (0.37 g/km)  particulate
standard  be  set  for  the 1981  model year  and  had  predicted  that
every  manufacturer  would be   able  to meet  that  standard through
engine modifications and minor engine  redesign.  This position was
primarily based  on the  fact that  although  many  diesel engine
designs had  been optimized for smoke-limited performance,  none had
been optimized for particulate emissions.   Thus, EPA expected that
particulate  optimization  would  be possible,  especially  at   light
loads where  the  correlation  between smoke  opacity  and  particulate
emissions  is  not  very  strong.   Recognizing most engine modifica-
tions  to  be manufacturer-specific,  the  one control  technology we
predicted  to be universally  applicable  was  turbocharging.   Data
available to us  during our  initial analysis  indicated  that  turbo-
charging reduced particulate  emissions by approximately  one-third.
15/

-------
                                   37
                            Table IV-2

   1979 Light-Duty Diesel Certification Particulate Baseline 14/
                                                       Part iculate
       Vehicle                                     (g/mi)       (g/km)
Typical Gasoline-powered vehicle (w/catalyst)       0.008        0.005

VW Rabbit                                           0.23         0.14

Peugeot 504                                         0.29         0.18

VW Dasher                                           0.32         0.20

IHC Scout (Nissan)                               0.32-0.47    0.20-0.29

Daimler-Benz 300 SD                                 0.45         0.28

Daimler-Benz 240D                                   0.53         0.33

Chevrolet Pickup (Oldsmobile)                       0.59         0.37

Dodge Pickup (Mitsubishi)                           0.61         0.38

Oldsmobile 260                                   0.73-1.02    0.45-0.63

Daimler-Benz 300D                                   0.83         0.52

Oldsmobile 350                                      0.84         0.52

-------
                                   38
     The position  that  particulate  reductions due to minor engine
modifications  are  dependent  on  each  individual  manufacturer and
design  is  supported by  the  fact  that no specific modification was
unanimously endorsed by the manufacturers in  their comments to the
NPRM,  yet  almost  every  manufacturer found  one  or more  areas in
which  improvements  could  be made.    GM  and  Fiat both claimed  that
redesigned fuel  injectors could be effective; in  fact, GM credited
much of their  very  substantial particulate reduction in their  1980
design  to  their  new  poppet  fuel  injectors.   Combustion chamber
optimization was  performed  by both  GM  and  Daimler-Benz,  with the
latter adding a hole  in their  prechamber.   An area where some
success has been  achieved but  where more  work is necessary is
injector  timing  adjustments.    Daimler-Benz  reported  particulate
reductions due to  retarded  timing at part  load,  and GM  indicated
the  possibility  of doing  likewise,  but Peugeot  pointed  out the
necessity of optimizing HC and particulate simultaneously, and  Fiat
provided data  showing  particulate increasing  with  retarded timing;
to  lower  particulate  Fiat  would have  to  advance  its  timing and
raise its NOx emissions.  Derating was supported  by Ricardo and DOE
but Fiat claimed  it would not work  for  light-duty diesels because
of  the  part  load nature of  the FTP.  Manufacturers disagreed  over
whether turbocharging reduced  particulate  emissions.   Peugeot and
Fiat both  incorporated  turbochargers into  their  1981  designs and
claimed that  turbocharging  does  reduce  particulate;  Daimler-
Benz  and   GM  denied that  turbocharging reduced  particulate; the
remaining manufacturers did not  take positions  on the issue.  EPA
is  convinced  that  turbocharging  can be  an  effective  particulate
control strategy, provided that a concerted  effort is made to  match
and optimize  the turbocharger application to the  engine's intake,
exhaust,  and   injection  systems, and that   the  increased thermal
efficiency  is  utilized to  optimize  transmission gearing and  axle
ratio for emissions rather  than  for  increased performance.   (For  a
more complete  discussion  of the  turbocharging issue, see  Reference
16).

     Table IV-3  summarizes  the most  promising particulate/NOx data
received  from the manufacturers'  in-house diesel  development
programs.   The data generally includes the best  particulate data at
NOx levels  of  1.5 g/mi  (0.93  g/km)  or  less, but  for  Daimler-Benz
and Volkswagen the data listed are the  only  data  submitted to EPA.
The considerable  progress that  has  been made in  particulate  emis-
sion control  can  be  seen  in  Table  IV-4 which  compares  the  1981
prototype and 1979 certification  particulate levels  for  those
models  for  which the  data  is  available.  It is  important to  note
that the  greatest  particulate reductions achieved by engine  modi-
fications were by  GM and  Daimler-Benz,  the manufacturers which had
the highest particulate baseline levels.

     Based on the data in Table IV-3, and the analyses  that follow,
EPA has concluded  that all manufacturers would  be able to  comply
with a 0.60 g/mi  (0.37  g/km)  particulate   standard  in 1981  with

-------
                                                    Table  IV-3
                               Best Particulate/NOx Data  as  Reported  by Manufacturers
Manufacturer
and Model
Daimler-Benz
240D
300D
300SD
Peugeot 19/
504D
504D
Engine
Size (1)
17/, 18/
2.4
3.0
3.0

2.3
2.3
Vehicle
Weight (Ib)

3,500
3,875
4,000

3,500
3,500
Particulate
(g/mi)

0.40
0.30
0.47

0.49
0.44
(g/kro)

0.25
0.19
0.29

0.30
0.27
NOx
(g/mi)

1.47
1.31
1.21

1.51
1.08
(g/kra)

0.91
0.81
0.75

0.94
0.67
Volkswagen 20/
Rabbit
Dasher
Audi 5000D
Audi 5000D

Fiat 21/
1.5
1.5
2.0
2.0
2,250
2,500
3,000
3,000
0.33
0.42
0.65
0.58
0.21
0.26
0.40
0.36
1.07
1.46
1.73
1.87
0.67
0.91
1.08
1.16
2.4
General Motors 22/,23/,247
"260"            4.3
"260"            4.3
"260"            4.3
"260"            4.3
3,000
0.53
0.33
1.19
0.74
4,000
4,000
4,000
4,000
0.27
0.41
0.50
0.56
0.17
0.25
0.31
0.35
1.01
1.06
1.29
1.10
0.63
0.66
0.80
0.68
                                                                                                Comments
                                                                                    "1981  Projections"  w/EGR,  2  tests
                                                                                    "1981  Projections"  w/EGR,  2  tests
                                                                                    "1981  Projections"  w/EGR,  TC,  2  tests
                                                                                    Prototype
                                                                                    Prototype  w/EGR,  TC
Seven Production Vehicles
Ten Production Vehicles
Eight Production Vehicles
Three Prototypes w/TC

Prototype w/EGR, TC
                                                                   Prototype 72204 w/EGR,  3 tests
                                                                   Prototype 93516 w/EGR,  4 tests
                                                                   Prototype 93513 w/EGR,  2 tests
                                                                   Prototype 93514 w/EGR,  2 tests
"350"

"350"
"350"
"350"
5.7

5.7
5.7
5.7
4,500

4,500
4,500
4,500
0.43       0.27     1.20       0.75     Prototype 96558 w/EGR, inter-
                                                 polated from GM graph
0.36       0.22     1.15       0.71     Prototype 96589 w/EGR, 3 tests
0.39       0.24     1.00       0.62     Prototype 96589 w/EGR, 2 tests
0.56       0.35     1.10       0.68     Prototype 86634 w/EGR, 2 tests
                                                 8,000 miles
                                                            (2/79)
                                                            (6/79)

-------
                                  40
                              Table IV-4

               Comparison of Particulate Levels of  1979
          Certification Vehicles and  1981 "Best" Prototypes
Manufacturer
                    Model
  1979 Baseline         Best 1981 Prototype
Particulate Level 14/  Particulate Level* 177,18/ ,197
                                          22/,23/,24/
 (g/mi)   (g/km)        (g/mi)   (g/km)
General Motors
                    "260"    0.73-1.02 0.45-0.63   .0.27-0.56  0.17-0.35

                    "350"    0.84      0.52        0.36-0.56  0.22-0.35
Daimler-Benz
                    240D     0.53      0.33

                    300D     0.83      0.52

                    300SD    0.45      0.28
                         0.40      0.25

                         0.30      0.19

                         0.47      0.29
Peugeot
                    504D     0.29
          0.18
0.49
0.30
*At NOx levels of 1.5 gpm or less.
                               Table  IV-5

            EPA/Volkswagen Particulate Measurement  Comparisons
Model
                EPA Particulate
               	Result
               (g/mi)    (g/km)
         VW Particulate
             Result 207
         (g/mi)(g/km)     Difference
79 Rabbit
                0.23 14/  0.14
          0.33     0.21
        43%
79 Dasher
                0.32 14/  0.20
          0.42     0.26
        31%
79 Audi 5000D   0.46 26/  0.29
                                       0.65      0.40
                                 41%
DOT Special
Build Rabbit
                0.20  14/  0.12
          0.25     0.16
        25%

-------
                                   41
currently  available  designs.    Unfortunately,  however,  there  is
insufficient certification leadtirae available for 1981.  A manufac-
turer which  waited  until after the final  rule  was  published would
not  have  sufficient  time  to fulfill  durability and certification
requirements.  Thus,  the 0.60 g/mi (0.37 g/km) particulate standard
will  not  apply until the  1982  model  year.   It  must be emphasized
that  the  delay  is  due  to insufficient  certification  leadtime and
not  technological infeasibility.

      In their comments to the NPRM, Daimler-Benz, Peugeot, and Fiat
all  stated  that  it  was  quite probable  that  they could meet  a 0.60
g/mi  (0.37 g/km) particulate standard in 1981 at a NOx level of 1.5
g/rai (0.93  g/km)  or less .J_7_/ ,_19_/ ,_2J7   The data  in Table  IV-3
support their conclusions.  EPA has already granted NOx waivers for
several  1981-82  model  year  light-duty  diesel  engine  families  in
order  to  allow  those manufacturers which  showed an  inability  to
achieve the  1.0  g/mi (0.62  g/km)  NOx standard  in  1981  sufficient
leadtime  to reduce  NOx emissions with  acceptable  durability and
particulate emissions control (Federal Register, January 23, 1980).
Daimler-Benz received the NOx waiver  for its  240D,  300D,  and 300SD
engine  families,  Peugeot was denied  a waiver  because  of insuffi-
cient data,  and  Fiat  did  not  apply for a waiver.  Fiat and Peugeot
will  be eligible for NOx waivers  if and when sufficient  emissions
data  are  provided  to show  that  they cannot  meet   1.0 g/mi (0.62
g/km) NOx  without  significantly  increasing  particulate  emissions.
The  availability  of the NOx waiver  ensures  that  Daimler-Benz,
Peugeot,  and Fiat  will  all  be able to  comply with the  0.60 g/mi
(0.37 g/km)  particulate  standard in 1982.

     Volkswagen  has  admitted that  their two most  popular  models,
the  Rabbit  and  the  Dasher,  would have no  problem meeting the 0.60
g/mi  (0.37  g/km) standard.   VW  intends  to replace  the  1.5-liter
engine with  a  1.6-liter engine  in both the  Rabbit  and  the Dasher
in  1981.   VW expects slightly higher  emissions  but not  to the
extent  that  either  model  would  be in  jeopardy of  exceeding 0.60
g/mi  (0.37  g/km) particulate.   They  claim  that their Audi 5000D
cannot meet  0.60 g/mi  (0.37  g/km) until  the  1982  model  year.25/
As Table  IV-3  shows, VW  reported  typical Audi  5000D  emissions  of
0.65 g/mi (0.40 g/km) particulate and 1.73 g/mi  (1.08 g/km) NOx for
naturally-aspirated  production  vehicles  and 0.58 g/mi  (0.36 g/km)
particulate  and  1.87 g/mi (1.16 g/km) NOx  for  turbocharged proto-
type  vehicles.   Thus,  the  Audi appears  to  have a  NOx  problem  as
well  as  a particulate  problem.    Because  of its  relatively small
size  (2.0-liter  engine,  3,000-pound vehicle),  we were  surprised  at
VW's  assertion that  it  could  not  meet  0.60 g/mi (0.37 g/km) parti-
culate and  1.5 g/mi  (0.93 g/km) NOx in  1981  and have  examined the
situation  further.    First  of all,the  1979 Audi  5000D  durability
vehicle emitted  1.30 g/mi (0.81 g/km) NOx  (the interpolated value
at both  5000 and 50,000 miles) and thus  we would  not expect 1.5
g/mi (0.93 g/km)  NOx  in  1981 to be difficult to achieve.  Secondly,
since the data above are on production  vehicles, we are  confident

-------
                                  42
that  particulate  arid NOx  improvements have  been achieved through
engine modifications  since the data were  collected.   Thirdly,  we
have  found  that Volkswagen seems  to  get  consistently higher par-
ticulate measurements at  their German laboratory when compared  to
EPA  test  results  in Ann Arbor.   Table  IV-5 gives the comparisons
that  have  led  us  to this  conclusion.   In  every case Volkswagen
measured  significantly  higher particulate  levels,  from  25  to  43
percent higher.   The EPA Audi value was  based on two tests of one
vehicle, while the VW Audi value  was an average of eight production
vehicles, yet  the EPA  value  was  lower than  all eight of  the  VW
values.  Thus,  based on its small size,  the  1979 durability vehi-
cle,  the  expected  particulate and NOx reductions achieved through
engine modifications,  and the  significantly  lower particulate
values that  EPA has  obtained  for VW vehicles,  it  is anticipated
that  the Audi 5000D  could meet a  0.60 g/mi  (0.37  g/km) particulate
standard in  1981  at a NOx  level  of  1.5 g/mi  (0.93  g/km)  or less.
As VW itself has stated, the Audi  should easily meet  the  standards
in 1982.

      Volkswagen's  applications for  NOx waivers  were  all denied  by
EPA  due to  insufficient  emissions  data.   As  mentioned  above,
Volkswagen is  still  eligible  for NOx waivers  if and when it pro-
vides  sufficient data proving that they cannot meet  1.0 g/mi (0.62
g/km)  NOx without  significantly increasing particulate emissions.

      General Motors  is  undeniably  in  a more difficult  technical
position,  due  to its  larger engines  (5.7  and 4.3 liters)  and
heavier  vehicles  (4,500  and 4,000  pounds).   GM's particulate
reduction program has produced promising results, however, and the
data  we received in  its comment and in its  NOx waiver request lead
us to the conclusion that GM could meet  0.60 g/mi  (0.37  g/km)
particulate  at a NOx level of  1.5 g/mi  (0.93 g/km).

      Table IV-3 gives  the  most promising  part iculate/NOx data for
the  GM 4,000 and 4,500-pound  diesel  vehicles.    GM  considers  the
5.7-liter, 4,500-pound  vehicle to  be  its  worst-case vehicle  for
particulate   and NOx emissions.   As  of  June  19,  GM  still had not
selected a  "prime  system"  for its  1981  5.7-liter  engine family.
Prototype car  96558 was one  design being  considered.^/   GM re-
ported only  four  particulate  data points  for  car 96558,  two tests
without  EGR  (low particulate emissions) and  two   tests with a
relatively high EGR rate (low  NOx emissions);  GM  averaged  each pair
of tests  and plotted the  data in  Figure  IV-1  (Figure  II.C.29  in
GM's  NOx Waiver Application).   The parabola drawn by  GM represents
its  best  estimate  of the  particulate/NOx levels  that  would  be
expected for car 96558 at varying  EGR rates.  From Figure IV-1,  it
can be determined  that car 96558  would emit  approximately  0.43 g/mi
(0.27  g/km)   particulate with  a NOx level  of  1.2  g/mi (0.75 g/km).
Also  shown on  Figure IV-1  are four tests  on  car  96589 at approxi-
mately 0.5 g/mi  (0.31 g/km) particulate and  1.2 g/mi (0.75 g/km)
NOx.   Not  shown on  the GM graph,  but reported  on  the individual

-------
                   FIGURE IV-1      43
                           GM
                    "a
                                    :5.->ciD^7=:
                                   32AC21
                                              •^—tgHxlOx-
                                    ^V±f_H=E;
 [Q.
                                \~ "•
                                ^
                                                                     d
                                                                    ./	1
                        k  V*\
                        i \ \u Y
*From General Motors Application for Waiver  of the 1931-1934

NOx Emission Standards for Light-Duty Diesel Engines, May  1979

-------
                                  44
data sheets in the  GM NOx Waiver submissions,  are two  sets of
baseline tests when  car  96589  was  being used for development work
with EGR, a four-speed transmission, and a torque converter clutch
(TCC).    Three  tests  with 96589  in February,  1979,  with a 3-speed
transmission and without the TCC,  resulted in average emissions of
0.36 g/mi  (0.22  g/km)  particulate  and  1.15  g/mi  (0.71  g/km) NOx.
In June,  1979,  two  more baseline tests produced average emissions
of  0.39  g/mi   (0.24  g/km)  particulate  and  1.00 g/mi  (0.62 g/km)
NOx.  The final 5.7-liter,  4,500-pound  vehicle listed in Table IV-3
is car 86634.   The only emissions results  submitted  to EPA  for this
vehicle  were  four tests performed  after  it  had accumulated 8,000
miles.    The two tests with EGR gave  0.56  g/mi (0.35 g/km)  particu-
late and  1.10  g/mi   (0.68 g/fcm)  NOx.   The non-EGR  tests gave pre-
dictably higher  NOx  and  lower  particulate  emissions.   These
data have convinced  EPA  that the GM  5.7-liter,  4,500-pound vehicle
could meet the 0.60  g/mi (0.37 g/km) particulate standard  iti 1981,
taking into account  the necessary safety margin  for  variability  and
deterioration.   In addition,  it  should be noted that  all   the
particulate data above were at NOx  levels of 1.0 to 1.2 g/mi (0.62
to 0.75 g/km)  and thus the  EGR rates could possibly  be lessened,  if
necessary, to lower  the particulate levels even  more.  Since diesel
NOx  deterioration  factors  are typically  1.0, this  would be quite
possible.  GM  has  received  the NOx waiver for  1981 and  1982 model
years for the 5.7-liter engine.

     Data from four  4.3-liter,  4,000-pound GM diesel prototypes  are
also shown in Table  IV-3.  Three  of the four  prototypes  were  of  the
very same design, with car  93514 a  "slightly  different technology."
28/  Car 72204 emitted just  0.27  g/mi  (0.17 g/km)  particulate  and
1.01 g/mi (0.63 g/km) NOx (average  of  3 tests),  but GM  stated  that
these very  low  emissions have  not  been repeatable.  The  two other
prototypes  of  the same  design also gave  promising results.   Car
93516 emitted 0.41 g/mi (0.25 g/km) particulate  and  1.06 g/mi  (0.66
g/km)  NOx (average  of  4 tests)  and  car  93513 emitted 0.50  g/mi
(0.31 g/km) particulate and  1.29 g/mi (0.80 g/km)  NOx  (average  of 2
tests).   Car  93514  emitted  0.56 g/mi   (0.35  g/km)  particulate  and
1.10  g/mi (0.68  g/km)  NOx  (average of 2 tests).   Thus, we have
three prototypes  of  the same design and one vehicle of  a  slightly
different design which all meet the particulate  standard at low NOx
levels.   We  are convinced that  the  4.3-liter,  4;000-pound  GM
vehicle  could  meet  the 0.60 g/mi  (0.37 g/km) particulate  standard
in  1981.   GM's  application  for the  NOx  waiver for the  4.3-liter
engine was denied due to insufficient data.  GM  may reapply for  the
waiver.

     GM's  primary  concern  with  the  design of  these prototypes  is
the durability of the  engines.   This is because of the  greater oil
contamination  apparently due  to the greater EGR  rates.   As  men-
tioned above,  the EGR rates  of  these  prototypes might  be  slightly
higher  than necessary,  and  might   be  lowered,  thus lessening  any
durability  concerns.    In any  case, EGR  is  used for NOx control,

-------
                                   45
and will be utilized on GM's diesels  regardless of  the  particulate
standard.   Thus,  any durability problems will  not  be due to par-
ticulate control.

     While GM was  adamant  in  its comments to the particulate NPRM
that  it  could  only meet  1.0 g/mi  (0.62 g/km) particulate and  1.5
g/mi (0.93 g/km) NOx in 1981,  it did not make any  such claim  in  its
NOx waiver request.  Of interest was a section on  the effect  of  the
NOx waiver on public health.   In that section GM performed  a  "worst
case" air  quality  analysis and had  to  select emission  rates.  To
quote:

     "The emission  rates  assumed for this analysis  are:   1.5  gpm
     NOx (20 percent of which  is N02),  0.6  gpm particulate  if  the
     waiver is  granted, and,  1.0 gpm NOx  (10 percent  of which is
     N02),   1.0  gpm particulate  if  EPA  denies  the  waiver.    These
     emission values agree with observed data  discussed later in
     this  section  and  also  agree  with  comments  by various  manu-
     facturers  at  the  recent  EPA hearing  on  particulate stan-
     dards . "29_/

It  is not  clear what GM meant  by this  statement,  but it does seem
to  support  our  conclusion  that GM  can meet the  0.60  g/mi  (0.37
g/km) particulate  standard  in  1981.  In any case,  with the  extra
full year  there  should  be no  question  that  GM  can meet 0.60 g/mi
(0.37 g/km)  particulate  at  1.5 g/mi  (0.93  g/km)  NOx  or  less by
1982.

     No other manufacturer reported  particulate data from  in-house
diesel  development  programs.    International  Harvester currently
markets  a  diesel  Scout,  a light-duty  truck,  but as  Table IV-2
shows,  it  should  easily  comply with  the 0.60 g/mi (0.37 g/km)
standard.  Testimony at  the NOx Waiver Hearing confirmed  that  Volvo
intends  to  introduce a  3500-pound  light-duty vehicle powered by  a
6-cylinder, 2.4-liter Volkswagen diesel engine  in the U.S.  in  the
1980 model  year.    The  only particulate data reported  to EPA  for
this vehicle were  very,  very  sketchy,  ranging  from  0.30  to 0.65
g/mi (0.19 to 0.40  g/km)  on one 1979 European  production  vehicle.
30/   It  is also quite possible that Chrysler,  Ford, Toyota, AMC,
and/or BMW (or others)  might market  light-duty diesels in  the U.S.
in the near  future,  but since  these manufacturers did not  provide
EPA  with any particulate  data, we are unable  to assess their
technical positions. We can only conclude that  these manufacturers
will have to meet  the  particulate  standards  should they decide to
market diesels in this  country.  Since  these manufacturers'  diesel
designs  are still  in the developmental  stages,  particulate  control
should not be a great  problem  as  it will simply  be an  additional
design constraint  that  will have to be considered.

     In  summary,  EPA's  technical  staff has  concluded  that  every
light-duty diesel  vehicle  manufacturer  can meet a  1981  particulate

-------
                                  46
standard of 0.60 g/mi (0.37 g/km) at NOx  levels of  1.5 g/mi  (0.93
g/km) or less, utilizing readily available technology.  Because of
insufficient  certification leadtitne,  however, the  particulate
standard will  not  apply  until the 1982 model year.

     C.    1984 Standard

     EPA had  proposed   that  a  0.20  g/mi  (0.12 g/km)  particulate
standard be set  for  the 1983 model year.   EPA expected that most
light-duty diesel vehicles  would require an after-treatment device
of approximately 67 percent  efficiency  to  meet  the 0.20 g/mi  (0.12
g/km) particulate level.  It was recognized  that the  proposed 1983
particulate standard was  a technology-forcing standard,  i.e.,
after-treatment devices  were  not  then  sufficiently developed  to
fulfill   the basic  criterion of  67  percent particulate reduction
over the lifetime of a  vehicle,  but  EPA postulated  that there was
sufficient  lead time  for after-treatment devices to be developed by
the 1983 model year.

     EPA's   technical staff  expects  additional particulate reduc-
tions in the   years  1981 to  1985  other  than the  reduction due
to the  addition of  an  after-treatment device.  We expect that
progress will continue in the  area of engine modifications to
reduce  particulate emissions.   Certainly  there is  a  strong  prob-
ability   of  additional   reductions  due   to  fuel  injector  and com-
bustion chamber  redesign  (especially for those  manufacturers
which have not seriously investigated these areas),  timing adjust-
ments and controls,  and  engine derating.   Should additional manufac-
turers  turbocharge their engines, it would  enable them to utilize
smaller   engines  with reduced particulate levels,  while retaining
comparable  performance. It is  very unlikely that  all  of these
parameters  have  been   optimized in just two years  of  develop-
ment work.   There is also  a  high  probability that  other, as yet
unforeseen,  engine  modifications will   be  found  that will reduce
particulate  emissions.   For example,  in preliminary  testing at the
Ann Arbor  laboratory,  intake air throttling has  been  found to
reduce  particulate  emissions.^/   It   is hypothesized  that this
might be due  to  reduced quenching  around  the  fuel droplets due to
the lower air/fuel  ratio of  the throttled  engine.  Despite  the fact
that intake  air throttling  is a rather simple concept, and  has been
investigated   in  the past  for  other  reasons, no  comments were
received with   respect to its effect  on  particulate  emissions.  We
consider it very likely that  other  possible  engine  modification
control   technologies will  be discovered  and  investigated in the
near  future.    Finally,  with the  Corporate Average  Fuel Economy
Standards increasing annually until 1985,  and  with other emissions
standards decreasing, EPA  expects  that many  manufacturers  (espe-
cially  those who produce larger vehicles)  will continue to  lighten
their vehicles in order  to  facilitate compliance with the impending
regulations.   It  is  public  knowledge that GM  intends  to  downsize
both  their  mid- and full-size  cars  a second  time in the early

-------
                                  47
 1980s;32/  the  Department  of  Transportation has  estimated  these
 reductions to be  in  the  200  to  400 pound range._33/  Other manufac-
 turers are also expected to  make their  vehicles  lighter.   All   of
 these  factors  should  contribute  to  lower  particulate   levels  by
 1985.  In fact, EPA anticipates that a 15 to 20 percent  particulate
 reduction will be  achieved by  the  worst-case vehicles due  to
 continued engine  design  optimization,  derating,  turbocharging,  and
 downsizing.  Thus we expect  that  all  light-duty  diesels  could  meet
 a  0.50 g/mi  (0.31 g/km)  particulate standard by  1984 or  1985  even
 without the application of an after-treatment device.

     It is quite  likely  that one  light-duty  diesel,  the  VW Rabbit,
 will not  even require  an  after-treatment  device to meet  the  0.20
 g/mi (0.12 g/km)  standard.   The  1979  certification Rabbit that  EPA
 tested as part  of the  particulate  baseline  emitted 0.23  g/mi  (0.14
 g/km)  particulate  and 0.87 g/mi  (0.54 g/km) NOx while the  DOT
 Special Build  turbocharged  Rabbit  which EPA  tested  emitted  just
 0.20  g/mi  (0.12 g/km) particulate  and  0.93  g/mi  (0.58  g/km)  NOx
 14/.   These  very low emissions and the  expectation  of further
 improvements  indicate  that by 1985  it is  very unlikely  that
 the  Rabbit  will  need  an  aftertreatment  device  to  meet   the  0.20
 g/mi (0.12 g/km) particulate  standard.

     Except for  the  VW Rabbit,  EPA expects  every  other  light-duty
 diesel vehicle  to require  after-treatment control  to meet the  0.20
 g/mi (0.12 g/km) standard in  1985.  The after-treatment  device  will
 have  to  reliably remove  particulate  from  the  diesel  exhaust  gas
 stream with at  least 60  percent  efficiency  (from 0.50 g/mi to  0.20
 g/mi,  from  0.31  g/km  to 0.12 g/km)  over the useful  life of  the
 vehicle.    Three  types  of  after-treatment  devices  are  currently
 being  developed  by  industry:    catalytic  converters,  traps,  and
 trap-oxidizers.

     The catalytic converter can be considered to  be a  continuous-
 burn trap-oxidizer.  As  such,  its  successful  application  on light-
 duty diesels  would remove many of  the  problems now associated  with
 trap-oxidizer  regeneration.   The  primary difficulty in  utilizing
 catalytic converter  technology  to reduce diesel  particulate  is in
 continuously  maintaining both the high  temperatures  and  sufficient
 residence times  that  are  necessary  for  oxidation of  the  partic-
 ulate.  Although it  has been  shown that catalytic converters can be
 effective in  reducing the organic component  of  the particulate,
 they have not  been  as effective  in reducing the  less easily  oxi-
dized carbon  (soot)  component  of the particulate._34_/  Some  inves-
 tigations have  also  shown increased sulfate emissions with  catal-
ytic  converters,  but  the  selection of  the  proper catalyst might
obviate that  problem^35_/^36/  While  we  consider  it unlikely  that
converters will  be  a  primary   particulate  after-treatment  tech-
nology, it is  quite  possible that they will be  used in  the  future
 for HC and organics  control,  with some resulting  reduction in total
 particulate emissions.

-------
                                   48
     The use of simple  exhaust traps (or filters) has been investi-
gated for many years, at one time primarily for removing lead from
non-catalyst gasoline-powered vehicles.  The particulate collection
efficiencies of many  trap materials,  when new,  are very  good.
Daimler-Benz reported  initial efficiencies  as  high  as 80 percent,
and General Motors  reported  efficiencies for paper elements as high
as 90  percent, and  for alumina-coated metal  mesh, metal  wool,
quadralobe catalyst  beads,  and  alumina-fiber material  of  60  to 65
percent.   GM was  the  only commenter  to   provide  a comprehensive
evaluation of  trap material efficiencies,  a summary of their data
is shown  in  Table  IV-6.   EPA  expects  that collection efficiencies
of approximately 67  percent will  be  feasible  on trap-oxidizers in
the  near  future.   Since  a trap  does  not attempt  to  oxidize the
particulate continuously,  particulate  matter builds up on the trap
as mileage  accumulates, resulting  in decreasing  trap collection
efficiency and  increasing exhaust  gas  backpressure which, in
extreme  cases,  can  affect  engine  performance and  fuel  economy.
Because of the low  bulk density  of diesel  particulate, an efficient
trap might  collect  over  a gallon  of  particulate  every thousand
miles._37_/   Clearly a method is needed  to periodically replace or
regenerate the trap  in order to maintain  the collection efficiency
and  backpressure at  acceptable  levels.   The   two  basic  ways  this
could  be done are external trap servicing  and on-board  incin-
eration.   The  latter way of regenerating  the  trap is the distin-
guishing characteristic of  the trap-oxidizer and will be discussed
later in this section.

     External  trap restoration  could  take many forms.   If  paper
trap elements  were  used,   chemical  dipping,   backward  pulsed air
flow,  or  even low-cost  changeable  filters could  be  used.    With
permanent  filter  cartridges,  high-temperature  oven  incineration,
pressurized washing,  chemical dipping,  or sonic cleaning could be
possible  techniques.    At  this  time,  none  of  these techniques has
fulfilled the basic criteria of  restoring  the  collection efficiency
and backpressure of any trap to  desirable  levels.

     Another critical  issue is  the frequency of  external  servicing
and  the certainty that  the vehicle owner would  order the  servicing.
Since  excessive backpressure  levels can result  in  performance
and/or  fuel economy  losses, the vehicle owner  would  certainly  have
some motivation  to service his  or her  trap at  regular  intervals.
GM has  suggested the  inclusion  of  a bypass valve  in the trap to
allow  exhaust pressure to be  partially relieved under certain
conditions  to  protect   the  trap.    The existence of  such a  valve
might allow the vehicle owner  to abdicate  his  or her responsibility
to  service  the  trap,  while also  avoiding excessive  backpressure
problems which would  otherwise  provide the motivation for  servicing
the  trap.    Also  at  issue  is  the magnitude  and  frequency  of the
possible  inconvenience  to  the vehicle owner,  and the  effects  that
the  perceived  inconvenience may have  on the public's  acceptability
of the diesel.

-------
                            49
                       Table IV-6

General Motors' Summary of Trap Material Efficiencies 38/

                 Opel 2.1-Liter Engine

    Material	           Efficiency, %

    Corrugated Foil Fecralloy               36
    Chopped Fecralloy                       29
    Chromium Alloy Ribbon                   37
    Glass Fiber Fabric                    34-65
    Fiberfrax Fiber Fabric                  46
    Alumina Fiber                         32-61
    Catalyst Beads                       <10-62
    Ceramic Monolith Extruded            <10-52
    Ceramic - Torturous Path              39-49
    Ceramic Bobbin                          42
    Alumina Coated Metal Mesh               63
    Metal Mesh                            28-44


                 Olds 5.7-Liter Engine

    Material	           Efficiency, %

    Corrugated Fecralloy                    30
    Catalyst Beads                          56
    Ceramic Monolith Extruded               30
    Alumina Coated Mesh                     65
    Metal Wool                              60
    Fiberglass                              76
    Paper Element                           90

-------
                                  50
     Because of the above  concerns  about  external  trap  servicing,
it  is  likely that on-board incineration will be  the  preferred
method of trap restoration.  Nevertheless,  should the trap-oxidizer
be  rejected  on  technical or economic  grounds,  traps  with  external
restoration  could  be  a  feasible  particulate  control technology,
presuming that extensive research continues.

     A trap-oxidizer is simply a trap with a mechanism by which the
collected particulate  is  periodically  oxidized  in  order  to restore
the collection  efficiency  and exhaust  gas  backpressure  to accept-
able  levels.   Having  this  periodic,  on-board  regeneration  avoids
the necessity of  either maintaining the conditions  for  continuous
oxidation (catalytic  converter)  or  of  relying on the vehicle  owner
and/or service center  to consistently and reliably replace  or  clean
the trap.   Research  is continuing  on  regeneration  initiation and
control.

     The  general consensus  is that the minimum temperature  required
for combustion of the  particulate is approximately 450-500°C.
Since  the exhaust gas  temperature of a diesel  powered  vehicle
operated   over  the LA-4 driving  cycle rarely  exceeds 400°C,  this
raises the  question of how to elevate the  exhaust  temperature  to
the requisite   levels.   GM suggested  two approaches,  air  intake
throttling and use  of an external heat  supply  that  both  seem
promising.  GM reported that over a  1,000-mile  load up and  inciner-
ation  test  with throttling utilized  to  initiate  incineration  and
100-mile trapping periods, the collection efficiency  actually
improved s 1 ight ly ._39/   Further  research  needs  to be  done  to
examine -the impact of  throttling on  emissions and fuel economy.  It
is  quite  possible that throttling might tend to reduce particulate
formation in the  combustion chamber.   The  use  of  an external heat
supply to initiate  incineration has been  shown in preliminary
testing  to  reduce collection efficiency  only   slightly.^0/   With
this  technique,  there  is the possibility  of a  dual path  trap,
designed  with dual heating  elements  and a valve which would route a
small  fraction of the  exhaust  flow  to the trap that  was  being
incinerated, and the  rest   to the trap that was not.  The advantage
of  the dual path trap  is  that  it  would  significantly  reduce the
necessary  power requirement  to  initiate  incineration.   A  third
mechanism of raising  the exhaust  gas temperature would be to better
insulate the  exhaust system.   Port  liners,  insulated exhaust
manifolds,  and  an insulated exhaust pipe  would  all contribute  to
slightly  higher exhaust  temperatures.    Finally,  the temperature
required  for oxidation could be lowered through the use  of a noble
metal  catalyst.  The use of a noble metal  catalyst "could be suffi-
cient  in itself  to  initiate  oxidation (which  would then be,  in
effect, a catalytic converter) or could be  used  in conjunction with
either throttling or  an external  heat  supply.

     Clearly,  some  form  of controller  unit would  be an  integral
part  of  the regenerative process.  It might suffice to have a

-------
                                   51
 relatively  simple control system whereby (for example) the throttle
 actuator mechanism  could  be  based  on  the  odometer  reading and  rack
 position,  throttling  at periodic intervals, or  it might  be  neces-
 sary  to have a much more complex electronic control unit to monitor
 a  large  number of  sensors  and  controllers.   The latter  might  be
 necessary  in order  to  coordinate backpressure  levels  with EGR,  for
 example.

      It  is  impossible  at this  time  to delineate  the  exact  design
 that  will   prove  to be  the  appropriate trap-oxidizer  for  various
 manufacturers.   At  this  time,  throttling  in  conjunction with  an
 insulated  exhaust   system,  possibly  with  a  noble metal  catalyst,
 seems  to be the most promising system.  Either a simple mechanical
 control or  a more  complex electronic  control  unit would  be  neces-
 sary.   Four different  trap-oxidizer  systems,  all with  a throttle
 and  some degree  of exhaust  system  insulation,  but  with  varying
 control  units and  differences in the  use of  noble metals,  are
 discussed  in  Chapter V  of  the  Summary  and Analysis   of  Comments.

     Another critical area where improvements  must be  made  is  with
 the  durability of  the trapping material in the trap-oxidizer.
 It  should   last at  least  100,000 miles.   To date, the  best dura-
 bility of a trap  reported to EPA was  a metal  mesh trap  on an  Opel
 vehicle,  run  on  a modified AMA  driving  schedule  with no hard
 accelerations,  hills, or  speeds above  45  mph.  The  trap survived
 12,800 miles and at that  time had a  collection  efficiency similar
 to  its zero-mile   efficiency of  55  percent.  GM reported  some
 particulate blow-off and self incineration.41/

     Various other  concerns  have been expressed  about trap-oxidiz-
 ers.   EPA   agrees  that  the  emissions  characteristics  of  a  diesel
 vehicle during the  regeneration  mode  should  be thoroughly investi-
 gated, both with respect  to the regulated  pollutants  and particu-
 late, and to any unregulated pollutants as well.  There  was major
 concern expressed by Daimler-Benz^/  over the effect  of  increased
 exhaust backpressure (due to  the trap-oxidizer)  on diesel perform-
 ance and fuel  economy.   Certainly  it  is true  that excessive back-
 pressure can have a debilitating effect on  the diesel  engine.   But
 assuming the optimization of  on-board regeneration, such  excessive
backpressure should not occur.   GM's  1,000-mile  load  up  and  incin-
eration test,  with  100-mile  trapping  periods,  utilizing  throttling
to initiate incineration, showed backpressure  to increase slightly
with mileage,  but clearly indicated a  trend  of flattening out  with
time. Daimler-Benz's second point,  of the  deleterious   effect  of
variable backpressure  on the  effectiveness of  EGR  systems,  is  a
very real concern.   As  discussed above, we  expect that  some form of
control over the incineration process  will be  necessary,  though  it
is not clear  at  this time how complex that control  might have  to
be.   Certainly EGR and  backpressure  could be accommodated within
such  a  control system.   The possibility  that  the  trap-oxidizer
could be a  safety hazard  (accidental  ignition, uncontrolled oxida-

-------
                                  52
tion, etc.)  should  also be investigated, though  at  this time EPA
does not foresee  this  to  be a major problem.  We would  expect the
safety ramifications  of trap-oxidizers to be  similar  to those of
oxidation  catalytic  converters,  which have  not  been  significant.
Finally,  Ford's concern over the possibility that the  regeneration
mode might  not  occur during CVS testing  is  well  taken._43/   It is
recognized that the FTP may have to be modified in order to ensure
that regeneration occurs.

     Clearly, more  basic  research  still  needs to be  done  in the
areas of regeneration  initiation and control,  and trap durability.
Enough progress has been achieved to  convince EPA  that  a  successful
trap-oxidizer can be developed, but as of this time, no  design has
proven to have the  required collection "efficiency over the desired
length of time.  With  the  research that has  been, and  is, going on
with regards to trap-oxidizer  development, and a  determined broad-
based effort by the manufacturers  to comply with  the  final stand-
ards, EPA's  technical  staff has concluded that  it  is very likely
that a successful trap-oxidizer design can be  optimized  within the
next 1-1/2 to 2 years.

     This  brings  us to the  general  issue of  leadtime.   The  time
needed from the end of the development  phase  for a design change to
when that design change can be  integrated into mass  production can
be dependent on many factors,  such  as the complexity  of the change,
the  size  of  the  manufacturer,  whether  the manufacturer has the
capability to produce the  new hardware, etc.  We received differing
estimates of production lead  time  requirements for trap-oxidizers.
Volkswagen  projected  1-1/2 to 2 years^A/,  while  Daimler-Benz
estimated  3  years  (for major engine modifications in  general ).45_/
General  Motors  appears  to have  given two different  lead time
estimates.   In its  prepared  statement at  the public hearing,  it
stated that  2-1/2 to  3 years  production  leadtime  would be required
"after an  acceptable method  is  defined,'^46/ while  in its written
comment GM  claimed  it  needed  50 months from "system design  selec-
tion."^/   In  response to  questions  about  leadtime  at  the  public
hearing, GM reaffirmed the 2-1/2 to 3 years  estimate.   Based  on our
own  understanding  of  lead  time  requirements and  the  authority of
the GM representatives  at  the  public hearings, we accept the  2-1/2
to  3  years  figure  as GM's best estimate of  the  leadtime necessary
for trap oxidizers, once a design is  selected.

     Based  on  the  differing  leadtime  estimates   from  the manufac-
turers, and  confident  that the industry will  maximize its efforts
to  achieve  particulate  reductions in  the   coming 'years, we  have
concluded  that the manufacturers  could integrate  trap-oxidizers
into  mass  production  within  2  to 2-1/2 years after  a  design  is
selected.   Thus,  combining the  1-1/2  to 2  years development  time
and  2 to 2-1/2 years production  leadtime that we  expect to be
necessary,  we  conclude that  trap-oxidizers could be feasible on
production vehicles within  4 years.   Starting  from late  1979  then,

-------
                                   53
 trap-oxidizers could be integrated into production by late 1983,  or
 in  time  for  the  1984 model year.

     While  our  technical  analysis  concluded  that  there  is a strong
 likelihood  that  trap-oxidizers  will  be  feasible  for vehicle appli-
 cation  by 1984,  the uncertainty  that  exists with  regard  to  trap-
 oxidizer  durability and  vehicle  application has convinced EPA  to
 minimize the economic risk of this ruletnaking by delaying the
 implementation  of  the  0.20  g/mi  (0.12  g/kra) standard  until  1985.
 This  extra  year  will have  only a marginal  effect  on  ambient  sus-
 pended  particulate  levels yet  will  ensure  that  the manufacturers
 have enough  time to optimize trap-oxidizer development.

     It should be noted that while EPA expects trap-oxidizers  to  be
 approximately 67 percent efficient  in  reducing  particulate  emis-
 sions,  the  worst-case  manufacturer is expected  to  need only  a  60
 percent  reduction  to meet  the  1985  standard,  and  other  manufac-
 turers will need correspondingly less.

     Another  factor  that  must  be  considered is the  statutory  1.0
 g/mi  (0.62  g/km) NOx  standard  in 1985.   EPA does  not  expect the
 0.20  g/mi (0.12 g/km)  particulate  and  1.0  g/mi  (0.62  g/km) NOx
 standards to force  any diesel  models  out  of production.  As has
 been discussed earlier in this chapter,  the use  of EGR,  the primary
 NOx control technique at this time, significantly increases partic-
 ulate emissions.  But EPA is  convinced  that  as  the  particulate/EGR
 relationship becomes better  understood,  the  deleterious  effect  of
 EGR on   particulate levels  will  be  lessened.  In  addition,  it  is
 expected  that  other  NOx control  techniques will   be  implemented
 which will  not  necessarily  increase  particulate emissions;  it  is
 certainly possible that a NOx  control  technique might reduce
 particulate emissions.

     In summary, EPA's  technical staff has concluded that  with the
 expected  successful application  of trap-oxidizer  technology,  every
 light-duty diesel vehicle manufacturer  can meet a  0.20  g/mi  (0.12
 g/km)  particulate standard in model year  1985.   This is a delay  of
 two years from  the  NPRM.   EPA  is  also confident  that  the manufac-
 turers can  comply with  the  0.20  g/mi  (0.12  g/km)  particulate and
 1.0 g/mi (0.62 g/km) NOx standards  in 1985.

     D.    Light-Duty Trucks

     The  Code  of Federal  Regulations  defines  a light-duty  truck
 (LDT)  to be  "any motor  vehicle  rated at 8,500 pounds gross vehicle
weight rating  or less  which has  a  vehicle  curb  weight  of  6,000
 pounds or  less  and which has a basic vehicle  frontal  area of  46
 square  feet or  less,  which is:  1)  designed  primarily for the
 purposes of  transportation of property  or  is  a derivation of such  a
vehicle,  or  2)  designed  primarily for transportation of  persons and
has a capacity  of  more  than  12  persons,  or  3)  available with

-------
                                  54
special features enabling  off-street  or off-highway operation and
use."48/  Thus,  light-duty trucks (LDT's) and light-duty vehicles
(LDV'~sT are distinct  classes  of motor vehicles.  The NPRM proposed
that the LDT  particulate  standards  be equal  to the LDV  standards.
There were no data available to  justify  a separate LDT standard.

     LDT's are typically tested at higher  road load horsepower and
inertia weight settings than are  LDV's.   Any  increased particulate
levels that  would be justified by the  unique uses  of LDT's would be
caused by these  higher  settings.   In the  comments to the NPRM, we
received a small amount of data on  the  effects of  higher road load
and  inertia weight  settings on  diesel  particulate  emission  levels.
All of the EPA and  industry data  are  plotted  in Figures  IV-2  (road
load) and IV-3 (inertia weight).

     As can  be  seen  in Figure  IV-2,  there  is only  a  very, very
slight effect  of road load on particulate  emissions.  Only the Opel
data  indicated  any significant effect,  and that was  mostly at
unusually high inertia  weight  settings.   At  most, the higher road
load settings  of LDT's might account  for  a few percent increase in
particulate  levels.

     From Figure IV-3, however,  it  is apparent  that  the  inertia
weight  setting  of a LDT  does  have a  significant effect  on its
particulate  emission level.

     In setting  the LDT gaseous  standards  for the  1979 model  year,
EPA extrapolated available data from 5,500 pounds  inertia weight to
represent the heaviest  "typical" LDV test to 6,500 pounds  inertia
weight which represented the heaviest  "typical"  LDT test. Applying
these same guidelines  to  the  GM data (Vehicles #89589 and  #78504)
and  the EPA data on a Dodge truck  (shown in  Figure  IV-3) resulted
in the following increases in particulate:

                         Increase in Particulate
                          from 5,500 Lbs.  IW to
     Vehicle                 6,500 Lbs.  IW	

     GM #89589                   19%
     GM #78504                   10%
     Dodge Truck                 18%

     Average                     16%

     Recognizing  that vehicle weights   and  hence test   inertia
weights  are  decreasing,  and  to  be  consistent  with existing  test
inertia weights, a more current  inertia weight  comparison would be
between 4,500 Ibs.  (current heaviest  "typical" LDV)  and  5,500 Ibs.
(current heaviest  "typical" LDT).   This  analysis  of  the  data  in
Figure  IV-3  results  in  the  following  increases in  particulate:

-------
   1.0  _
    • 3
                                         FIGOTE IV-2





                          PARTICUIATE EMISSIONS AS  A FUNCTION OF ROADLOAD



                                        FTP DRIVING  CYCLE
I  -7
s
3
M  .6
en
CO
w
I   'k
o



I   -
(U
                              OPEL 2100D UOOO LBS. IW
                        OPE1 2100D 3000 LBS. IW

               OPEL 2100D 2000 LBS. IW
                   MERCEDES  BENZ 300D D " 3000 LBS. IW


                                          " Uooo LBS. iw
                                                                                                  'DGE TRUCK 5500 LBS. Iffu;
                                                                                                DODGfi TRUCK l^OOLBS . IW
    .1
  0.0
      0.0
  10      12      m       16

ROADLOAD IN HORSEPOWER
                                                                                   18
                                                                                             20
                                                                                                     22
2h

-------
s

to    e.

§   *6
M
CO
to
o
    .3
   .2
   .1
                                      FIGURE IV-3




                               PARTICULATE EMISSIONS AS A FUNCTION OF INERTIA WEIGHT


                                     FTP ERIVING CYCLE
   1.0 „
    .9 .  .
                              GM VEHICLE #?8SOU
OPEL 2100D ?! -12 HP

      ESTIMATED
           MERCEDES BENZ 300D @ 12.8 HP
               GM VEHICLE # 8958? 8 lU  HP
                                                                                          OLDSMOBILE 350D INSTALLED

                                                                                           IN LD TRUCK @ 20 HP
                                                                                           DODGE TRUCK Qlh & 20 H?
                                                                                                     Oi
  0.0
     0.0
       1000
2000          3000           liOOO


         INERTIA I/EIGHT IN POUNDS
                                                                               5000
                                                                                6000
700T

-------
                                   57
                         Increase in Particulate
                          From 4,500 Lbs.  IW  to
     Vehicle                 5,500 Lbs.  IW	

     GM #89589                   22%
     GM #78504                   11%
     Dodge Truck                 22%

     Average                     18%

     In  the above  cases,  the  increases are  16  percent  and 18
percent,  respectively.   These  values  are in very  good agreement
with Chrysler  which claimed  there was an  approximate  17  percent
increase  in particulate emissions  for a 1,000-pound inertia weight
increase  (or 33 percent for a 2,000-pound  increase).

     The  GM Oldsmobile 350 data  was  considered  to  be  non-typical
because of  the  extreme  slope  as compared  with the other data, and
therefore was not analyzed.   Furthermore,  GM labeled  this data as
"fragmentary."^/   Similarly,  the Opel  (Ricardo) data  and the
Mercedes  (Daimler-Benz) data were  not considered because these did
not represent  the "worst case" situation.

     Thus, the data  clearly indicate the need  to  take the increased
inertia weight settings of LDTs into consideration.  The above  data
indicate  that the combined  effect of inertia weight and road  load
settings  appears  to be  approximately  20  percent.   If all other
considerations  were  equal,  EPA would  promulgate  LDT  particulate
standards that  would be 20 percent greater than the corresponding
LDV standards.

    But  one other  factor  must be  considered.   Diesel LDTs  will
only have to  meet  a  NOx  standard  of  2.3 g/mi  (1.43  g/km) until
model year  1985  when a reduction is mandated by the Clean  Air Act
for  trucks  having GVWs  over  6,000  pounds.   Diesel  LDVs  will be
required  to meet a NOx  level  in  the  range  of  1.0 to 1.5 g/mi  (0.62
to  0.93  g/km),  depending  on the  NOx waiver  decisions,  until  1985
when the  Clean  Air  Act mandates  a 1.0  g/mi  (0.62 g/km) NOx  stan-
dard.  Even assuming the maximum  NOx waiver  for  diesel  LDVs to 1.5
g/mi (0.93  g/km), diesel  LDTs  will have  a NOx standard 53  percent
greater than  the diesel LDV NOx  standard  for model years  1982 to
1984.   Not  only  does  this much  larger NOx  level  account  for the
greater  NOx  emissions  (approximately  20  to  30  percent) that
would  be expected  from  LDTs,  but  because  of  the relationship
between NOx and particulate emissions due  to  EGR, it also can allow
for  the  20  percent  higher particulate emissions  than would  other-
wise be expected  due to the greater inertia weights of LDTs.  For
example,  it is  unlikely that  any diesel  LDT would need very heavy
EGR in order to meet a  NOx standard of  2.3 g/mi  (1.43 g/km).  These
trucks  would emit  less particulate than they  would  if  greater
amounts of  EGR  were required  to meet a lower NOx level.  For  this

-------
                                   58
reason, LDTs should be able to meet the 0.60 g/mi  (0.37  g/km)  level
of control  in  1982 through 1984.   Since the  particulate  standards
are  technology  based  standards, EPA  is  promulgating the  1982  LDT
particulate standard to be 0.60 g/mi (0.37  g/km).

     An  examination  of the  LDT data  in Table  IV-2 confirms  our
expectation that  LDTs will be  able to  comply  with the  0.60  g/mi
(0.37 g/km) particulate standard in 1982.   The  Chevrolet  and  Dodge
LDTs emitted 0.59  and 0.61 g/rai (0.37 and  0.38 g/km)  particulate,
respectively,  and thus need just a  small  improvement to  comfortably
meet the  1982  standard.   It  should be  noted that  GM  diesel  LDTs
utilize the same  5.7-liter diesel  engines  that  are used  in the GM
4,500-pound LDV's; their  particulate reductions since the baseline
data were  taken were  discussed  earlier  in this chapter.    The
International  Harvester light-duty truck emitted  0.32 to  0.47  g/mi
(0.20 to 0.29 g/km) particulate and thus it already meets the 1982
standard.

     Two factors change this situation in 1985.   First,  as a result
of the  statutory requirement  for  a  75 percent  NOx  reduction,  the
LDT  NOx  standard  is  expected  to drop  to  a  stringency  level  much
nearer  to the  LDV statutory NOx level  of 1.0 g/mi  (0.62  g/km).   The
"cushion"  that  now  exists for  LDT NOx  control  would  disappear.
Based  on the  analysis above,  the particulate  standard  for  LDTs
should  be  20  percent  greater  (all  other things being  equal)  than
the  LDV standard due  primarily  to  the  greater  inertia weight
settings of LDTs.   Second, the  expected trends  in  downsizing and
the use  of  smaller engines in  LDVs  will likely not take place as
rapidly with LDTs.   The  EPA technical  staff estimates  that  this
discrepancy justifies an  additional   10%  particulate   cushion for
LDTs.  Thus, the 1985 LDT particulate standard should be 30 percent
greater  than the  1985  LDV particulate  standard  and will be  0.26
g/mi (0.16 g/km).

     Thus, the  LDT diesel particulate standards  are 0.60 g/mi  (0.37
g/km) in 1982  and 0.26 g/mi (0.16 g/km) in  1985.

-------
                                   59
                              References

 \J  Clean Air Act of 1963,  Section l(a)(l).

 _2/  Clean Air Act of 1963,  Section l(a)(2).

 2/  Clean Air Act of 1963,  Section l(b)(l).

 kj  Clean Air Act,  Section  202 (a)(l).

 51  Clean Air Act,  Section  202 (b)(l)(B).

 6/  Clean Air Act,  Section  202 (b)(6)(B).

 ]_/  Federal Register,  February 1,  1979,  Volume  44,  Number 23, p.
     6650.

 SJ  "NOx Diesel Waiver Hearing" - General Motors Transcript,  June
     19,  1979, p.  58.

 9/  "General Motors Response to EPA Notice of Proposed Rulemaking
     on  Particulate  Regulation  for  Light-Duty  Diesel Vehicles,"
     April 19, 1979,  Attachment  1,  p.  159.

10/  "Light-Duty Diesel  Particulate  Regulations  Draft Regulatory
     Analysis," EPA, OMSAPC, ECTD, SDSB,  December 22,  1978, p. 48.

ll/  "General Motors  Response...,"  Attachment  1,  p. 148.

12/  "General Motors Application  for  Waiver  of  the  1981-1984 NOx
     Emission  Standard  for  Light-Duty Diesel  Engines,"  May  1979,
     Figure II.B.ll.

13/  "General Motors  Response...,"  Attachment  1,  p. 157.

14/  Danielson,  Eugene,  "Particulate  Measurement  - Light-Duty
     Diesel  Particulate   Baseline  Test  Results," SDSB  Technical
     Support Report  79-03, January  1979.

15/  "Draft Regulatory  Analysis,"  p. 45.

16/  "Summary and Analysis  of Comments on  the  Notice  of  Proposed
     Rulemaking  for  Light-Duty  Diesel  Particulate  for  1981 and
     Later Model  Year  Vehicles,"  EPA,  OANR, OMSAPC,  ECTD,  SDSB,
     October 1979.

17/  "Statement  of  Daimler-Benz  AG on  the Notice of  Proposed
     Rulemaking  Concerning  Diesel  Particulate  Emissions,"  March
     1979, p. 24.

-------
                                  60
18/  Personal communication with Mr. Trexl, Daimler-Benz,  July 10,
     1979.

197  "Comments of P.S.A.  Peugeot-Citroen on EPA Proposed Light-Duty
     Diesel  Particulate Regulation," April  6,  1979,  Chart  3.

207  "Supplementary Information  to  the Record of the EPA Hearing on
     March  19,  1979  Concerning  Proposed Particulate Emission
     Standards for Light-Duty Diesel Vehicles" - Volkswagen,  April
     1979, Section 1.

217  "Comments of  Fiat  S.p.A.,   Italy  on Proposed  Particulate
     Regulation  for Light-Duty  Diesel  Vehicle,"  March  19,1979,
     Table 1.

227  "General Motors Response...,"  Attachment 1.

23/  "General  Motors  (NOx Waiver)  Application...," Attachment
     II.B.I,

247  Additional General  Motors  NOx Waiver Application Information
     submitted to EPA on  July 18, 1979, Attachments.

257  "Public  Hearing on the Proposed  Particulate Emission Standards
     for Light-Duty Diesel Vehicles" - Volkswagen Testimony,  March
     20, 1979,  Volume 2,  p.  40.

26/  Earth,  Edward Anthony, "Audi 5000 Diesel Gaseous  and Particu-
     late Tests,"  EPA-TAEB Memorandum to  Ralph  Stahman,  February
     15, 1979.

277  "NOx Diesel Waiver Hearing" - General Motors Transcript, June
     19, 1979,  p.33.

28/  "General  Motors  (NOx  Waiver) Application...," p. 11-30.

297  Ibid,p.  III-3.

307  "NOx Diesel Waiver Hearing"  -  Volvo Transcript, June 21,  1979,
     p.  11.

317  Penninga,  T., "Second Interim Report on Status of Particulate
     Trap Study,"  EPA-TAEB  Memorandum  to R.  Stahman, August  9,
     1979.

32/  Ward's Engine Update,  June  8,  1979, p. 6.

337  Rulemaking Support  Paper  Concerning  the  1981-1984 Passenger
     Auto Average  Fuel  Economy  Standards, DOT-NHTSA,  July  1977.

-------
                                   61
347  "Notes on  the  Proposed Particulate Regulations for Light-Duty
     Diesel  Vehicles," Ricardo  Consulting  Engineers,  January  12,
     1979, p. 5.

357  "Comments of Fiat...," p.4.

36/  "Volkswagen Supplementary  Information...,"  April 1979, Appen-
      dix 2.

37/  "General Motors Response	," Attachment 1,  p. 98.

38/  Ibid, Attachment, pp. 86-90.

397  Ibid, Attachment  1, Figure V-23, p. 111.

40/  Ibid, Attachment  1, p. 116.

417  Ibid, Attachment  1, p. 94.

42/  "Statement of Daimler-Benz...," D. 16.

437  "Public Hearing on the Proposed Particulate  Emission Standards
     for  Light-Duty  Diesel Vehicles"  - Ford Testimony,  March  19,
     1979, Volume 1, p. 249.

44/  "Public Hearing..."  - Volkswagen  Testimony,  March  20,  1979,
     Volume 2,  p. 36.

457  "Statement of Daimler-Benz...," pp. 5-6.

46/  "Public Hearing..."- General Motors Testimony, March 19,  1979,
     Volume 1,  p. 64.

47/  "General Motors Response...," Attachment 1,  p. 175.

487  Code  of  Federal Regulations,  Title  40,  Part  86.079-2.

497  "General Motors Response...," Attachment 1,  p. 44.

-------
                                  62



                             CHAPTER V

                        ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT


A.   Health Effects of Total Suspended Particulate

     Suspended  particulate  matter has  long been  recognized  as a
major  pollutant  of our nation's  air.   Of the greatest concern  is
the  effect  of  total  suspended particulate  (TSP)  matter  on human
health.   Research  has shown that TSP can be correlated with res-
piratory  and  pulmonary  functions,  and  that effects  of  high  TSP
levels range from increased  discomfort  to healthy  persons  and
aggravation of  cardio-respiratory symptoms in elderly  persons,  to
increased susceptibility  to bronchitis,  asthma,  and pneumonia,  to
increased mortality.   Some  of the  most  important  research on  the
health effects of  TSP  are listed  in  Tables V-l and V-2. Table  V-l
lists many of the major health  effects studies  examining relatively
short  exposure  times (1 to 2 days) while Table V-2 shows  the
results of  studies which utilized  longer  averaging  times  (1 to 2
years).   When the  Clean Air Act Amendments  of  1970 mandated  the
establishment of National  Ambient  Air Quality Standards  (NAAQS),
TSP  was  among the  first six pollutants  for which a  standard  was
promulgated.  Many of  the studies given  in Tables  V-l  and  V-2 were
utilized  in  the  establishment  of the NAAQS for  TSP.   The  primary
NAAQS  for TSP,   which  are  intended  to  provide  protection to  the
public health, are  75  micrograms  per  cubic meter  (annual  geometric
mean)  and 260 micrograms per cubic meter  (maximum 24-hour  concen-
tration,  may  be  exceeded once  per year).   The secondary NAAQS  for
TSP,  which  is  intended to protect  the  public welfare, is  150
micrograms  per  cubic  meter (24-hour  average  to  be exceeded only
once per  year).

     The  National  Academy of Sciences has  extensively  reviewed  all
aspects of  TSP,  and  for a detailed  treatment  of the health  and
welfare effects  of TSP  one should see  their  document.I/   EPA is
currently conducting a review of the NAAQS for TSP.  The scientific
consensus that TSP levels impact  on human health  will  be  taken as
given  here.   The  emphasis  of  this  section will be on  the  contri-
bution  of light-duty diesel particulate emissions to  ambient  TSP
levels, and  to  any special health  impacts that  might  result  from
diesel particulate matter.

B.   Health Effects of Diesel Particulate

     This section  will highlight  only those aspects of the  health
effects of  diesel particulate which  differ from  those of TSP in
general.  Much has been learned in the years since the NAAQS (based

*   Bracketed  numbers  (_!/)  indicate  references at the  end  of this
chapter.

-------
                                                    Table  V-l
                   Research on Short-Term Health Effects  of Total  Suspended  Particulate Matter
     Adverse Health Effect
Concentration at Which Effect Was Observed
Concentration, pg/m^	Averaging Time
1.   Increased mortality.


2.   Increased infant mortality
     and cancer mortality.

3.   Increased respiratory
     infection and cardiac morbidity.

4.   Excess bronchitis mortality.

5.   Bronchitis symptoms.

6.   Cough, chest discomfort,
     restricted activity.

7.   Cardio-respiratory symptoms
     in healthy persons.  Asthma
     attacks in asthmatics.

8.   Aggravated symptoms in
     elderly with heart or
     chronic lung disease.
750 or a rise of 200


        200


        375


        200

        300

      100-269


       80-100



       76-260
24-48 Hours


  2 Days


 24 Hours


 24 Hours

  Daily

 24 Hours


 24 Hours



 24 Hours
                                                                                             References
Martin et al., 1960
Lawther, 1963

International Joint
Commission, 1960

Martin et al., 1960
Lawther, 1963

Buck et al., 1964

Greenburg et al., 1962

Holland et  al., 1965


Douglas et  al., 1966
Douglas et al., 1966
a\
LO
Source:   Suspended Particulate Matter - A Report to Congress,  Environmental Criteria
and Assessment Office, ORD, EPA, October 1978.

-------
                                                     Table V-l
                       Research on Longer-term Health Effects Of Total Suspended Particulate
      Adverse Health Effect
Concentration at Which Effect Was Observed
Concentration, ug/ra         Averaging Time
      (adults,  children)  and decreased
      pulmonary function  (children).

 3.    Decreased pulmonary function in
      school  children.

 4.    Increased frequency and sever-
      ity of  acute  lower  respiratory
      disease in  school children.

 5.    Increased chronic respiratory
      disease symptom prevalence  in
      adults.
        110
        100
        100
Annual
Annual
Annual
                       References
1. Increased mortality (all causes).
2. Increased respiratory disease
100
100-200
2 Years
Annual
Greenburg et al., 1962
Buck et al., 1964
                                                  Winkelstein, 1967
Lunn et al., 1967
French et al.,  1973*
Chapman et al., 1973*
                                                                                 o\
*    These two studies were  part of  the  Community  Health and Environmental  Surveillance System (CHESS),
For appropriate qualification with regards  to  the  proper use and  interpretation of CHESS studies in
general, see 1) United States House  of Representatives,  1976.  The Environmental Protection Agency's
Research Program with Primary Emphasis on the  Community  Health  and Environmental Surveillance System
(CHESS):  An Investigative Report by the Committee  on  Science and  Technology,  Publication No. 77-590;
2) Research Outlook  1978, EPA 600/9-78-001,  June  1978; or 3) Research Outlook 1979, EPA 600/9-79-005,
February 1979.

Source:   Suspended  Particulate Matter - A  Report  to Congress,  Environmental  Criteria  and Assessment
Office, ORD, EPA, October 1978.

-------
                                   65
on  total mass of  parti jlate)  was promulgated, and  it is  now
accepted  by most  scientists  that  some  particulate emissions  are
more  deleterious  than  others,  and  that  some  sources  necessitate
priority  control  over  others.    There  are two  characteristics  of
diesel  particulate  matter  which  place it  among the most  harmful
types of  particulate  matter.   The  first  is size  and  the  second is
chemical composition.  These will be discussed below.

     1.   Size-Related Effects

     It  is  now generally  accepted  that  size  is  one  of  the  most
critical  characteristics of  particulate  matter.   The  size  of  a
particle  primarily  affects  three  parameters  which, in turn,  help
determine the health effect  of that particle:   total deposition, or
how  efficiently  the  particles  are deposited  in  the  respiratory
tract;  regional deposition,  or where the particle  is deposited in
the respiratory tract;  and  clearance time,  or  how long  it takes to
remove  the  particle  from  the respiratory  tract.   When  examining
data  presented,  it will be important  to  note the differences  in
deposition between nose and  mouth breathers.  As the nasal passages
are more  efficient  in  capturing  large  particles than the mouth,
the sizes of particles reaching various sections of the  respiratory
tract depend on how the air  is being inhaled.

     Total  deposition by particle  size  for   a  mouth breather  is
shown in  Figure V-l.   As can be  seen,  the  fraction decreases  with
particle diameter,  until about 0.5-0.7 micrometers when  the  trend
begins to reverse.

     More important than total deposition,  however,  is  the deposi-
tion  occurring  in selected regions  of  the respiratory tract,
because the health  effect of  a particle  is  dependent  on  the region
in which  it  is  deposited.    Deposition  in three regions will  be
discussed,  the head  (nasal  passages),  the tracheo-bronchial  zone
and conducting airways,  and  the  alveolar zone.   These regions  are
depicted in Figure V-2,2/

     Deposition in  the  head  (for  nose breathers)  is highest  for
large particles and negligible  for very  small  particles.   Deposi-
tion is complete  somewhere between  ten  and  fifteen micrometers  and
higher,  while  deposition is  less  than  10% below  one  to two micro-
meters.^/   Fewer   studies  of this  type have  been performed  with
mouth  breathing  and the  results  have  been highly variable._!_/
However,  it  is clear that  far  less deposition occurs in  the  head
during  mouth  breathing  than  for nose  breathing for all  particle
sizes.

     Deposition in  the  tracheo-bronchial  region  is  very similar to
that in the head(for both nose and  mouth  breathers),  if deposition
is determined as a  fraction,  or percent,  of particles entering  the
tracheo-bronchial  region.   Deposition  approaches  100% around  eight

-------
                   66
                   Figure V-l _!/
                                 t         i i
           a.2  aj  aj. 0.7  u>

                 Aerodynamic Diamvtor—
Ttptal respiratory  tract deposition during mouthpiece  inhala-
tions as a function of D (aerodynamic diameter in pm) except
belrw 0.5 um, where deposition is plotted vs lirtear diaitater.

-------
                                           '

                                     Figure V-2  2_l
                Uppsr resoiratory tract
                Anterior nares
                    Lowrer  'Vf
                  respiratory 'Si
                    tract
                                                             rachea
                                                                      Bronchus
Diagrammatic  representation of  the  human  upper  and  lower  respiratory  tract,

-------
                                   68
_o fifteen micrometers and approaches 10% around one to two micro-
meters .

     Deposition  in  the  alveolar  region  is  shown  in  Figure  V-3,
based on the total number of particles entering the mouth or nose,
not  on the  number  of  particles  entering the  alveolar region.\f
Deposition in  this  region is low above  five  to seven micrometers
because  the  larger  particles  have  already  been  captured  by  the
nasal  passages  and  the tracheo-bronchial  region.   Deposition
reaches a relative peak  around two to five micrometers.  The level
of the peak depends on whether the person is  breathing  through the
mouth, when deposition reaches  40-50%, or the  nose,  20%.

     There are  two  primary  reasons  why  particles  deposited  in the
alveolar  region  can  have the  greatest  impact on human health.
First, the alveolar region (where gas-exchange takes place) is the
most sensitive region of  the respiratory tract.  The second reason
is the  significantly  longer  clearance time required for particles
in the  alveolar  region.   Clearance  time  is  the time it typically
takes for a particle to be removed  from  the region  in question.  In
healthy individuals,  the clearance  of  particles  deposited  in the
nasal  passages  and  the  tracheo-bronchial  region  is  usually  com-
pleted in less than one  day._l_/  Clearance can  take  somewhat longer
for  those people with  respiratory ailments.   In the  alveolar
region, clearance is measured in weeks unless the particle  is very
soluble -in body fluid, which diesel  particulate is  not.  While the
results  of studies on  humans are  variable,  it  appears  that  a
half-time clearance  for  relatively  insoluble  particles  is  on the
order of five  to  nine weeks. \J   Although particles distributed in
other  regions of the body can  also affect  health,  it  is those
particles deposited  in the alveolar  region, which remain in  contact
with the most  sensitive  parts  of  the lung for  the  longest  periods
of  time,  which  have  the  greatest   potential  for  affecting human
health.

     As a result  of a review of  the available information on the
effects of particle  size on deposition  and health, EPA is recom-
mending that  future  health  effects  research be  conducted  on two
size-specific  fractions  of  TSP.2/    One fraction  is  labeled  in-
halable particulate (i.e., particles having a diameter  equal to or
less  than fifteen  micrometers).   This  fraction  includes those
particles which primarily deposit  in the conducting  airways  and the
gas-exchange  portions of the  respiratory tract.  The second frac-
tion  is  the  fine  particulate  (i.e., particles  having  a diameter
equal  to  or  less than  2.5 micrometers).  This second cutoff was
chosen for two reasons;  1)  this fraction includes  those particles
which  primarily  deposit  in the  gas  exchange  portion  of the lung
(alveolar),  and 2)  due  to the  breakdown of ambient particulate by
size  and  chemical  composition,  there is a  natural break  between
fine and coarse (diameter larger than 2.5 micrometers)  particles at
this size.

-------
                          69
                          Figure V-3  V
   t.o
 _o
 5 .3
 »
 o
 a
   .4
   .3
   .1 -
   
-------
                                  70
     Diesel  particulate  is very  small  in  size.  Its  mass mean
diameter varies between 0.05 and 0.2 micrometers._3/4/  Essentially
all diesel particles fall into the inhalable range and between 94%
and 100%  can be  characterized  as fine particulate._3_M/_5/   Because
of its  small  size,  diesel  particulate  belongs  to that category of
particulate which is most  likely  to  deposit  in  the alveolar  region,
thus  remaining  in  contact  with  the most sensitive  areas  of the
respiratory tract for comparatively  long  periods  of  time.  Clearly,
diesel  particulate  is  of  more  concern than larger particles  which
deposit  in the head  or tracheo-bronchial regions  and which have
much  shorter clearance times.   Because  of  this,  the  control of
diesel  particulate  and other fine  and inhalable  particulate  is of
high priority.

     2.   Chemical Composition-Related  Effects

     In  addition to  particle  size, chemical composition  is an
important  factor  in determining the health  effect of a  particle.
There  are  a  wide  variety  of chemicals of particular  concern,  such
as  fibers (e.g.,  asbestos), toxic  elements  (e.g.,  Be,  Cd,  Pb),
organic  matter  (e.g.,  benzo(a)pyrene),  carbon, and sulfuric  acid.

     Diesel  particulate is  primarily carbonaceous,  with  between  10
and  50%  of  the  particulate by weight  being  extractable  organic
matter.4/5/6/77   This  organic  matter is  definitely  mutagenic  in
short-t"erm ~bfoassays,7/  and EPA is  currently  performing a health
assessment to determine the carcinogenic risk of diesel particulate
to humans.8/   Known human  carcinogens  are  present in diesel  par-
ticulate,  "such  as benzo(a)pyrene,  which  comprises  about  0.0001  to
0.007%  by weight  of diesel particulate._5/6/    However, most  of  the
mutagenic response  is  being  caused by substituted polycyclic
organic  matter,  which does  not  require metabolic  activation.^/
At  this time, no definitive  statement  can  be made concerning  the
complete  effect  of diesel  particulate  on human  health.   However,
the data available  is  serious enough  to merit caution  and diesel
particulate  should  definitely  be  numbered  among  those  chemical
types  of  particulate which require priority control.

C.    Current Ambient Levels of TSP

      The  primary NAAQS for  TSP  of  75  micrograms per cubic  meter
(annual  geometric  mean)  is  currently being   exceeded  in many
areas  of the  country.  While relatively large reductions  in ambient
TSP  levels occurred between 1971  and 1975,9/  particularly at those
sites  which  showed  high  levels of TSP, the  next two  years have
shown more of a holding pattern than a continued downward trend.10/
Figure V-4 shows  the nationwide averages of ambient TSP levels from
1972  through 1977.    The  ambient  TSP level exceeded  by  25% of the
sites  decreased from  78  to  71  micrograms per cubic  meter  between
1971  and 1975,  while  in 1977 it was still  71  micrograms per cubic

-------
                      71

                    Figure V-4  10/
                                    .90TH PERCENTILE



                                   -75TH PERCENTILE


                                    •COMPOSITE AVERAGE

                                   •MEDIAN




                                   •25TH PERCENTILE
                                   -10TH PERCENTILE
                       Figure 3-1. Sample illustration
                       of plotting conventions for
                       box plots.
    160

u,   140
<
=" 120

11
     80
a. •=
V) U>
     40
     20
             1972
                         BOX PLOT ANNUAL VALUES.
                      1973
                                I
1974     1975

    YEAR
197S
1977
              Nationwide trends in annual mean total suspended
   particulate concentrations from 1972 to 1977 at 2,707 sam-
   pling sites.

-------
                                  72
meter.  The TSP  level exceeded by  the worst  10%  of  the  sites  still
managed to  improve,  however, through  1977.   This  level  decreased
from 97 to 88 micrograms per  cubic meter between  1972 and  1975  and
then decreased to 84 micrograms  per cubic meter in 1977.

     The high  ambient levels of  1976  and  1977  were  due  at  least
partially to very dry weather._1£/_1_1_/  In 1977,  some sites  recorded
levels of 1000 micrograms per cubic meter  for a day  or two  and this
alone  can  cause  the annual  mean  to  increase 10%.JTO/   Figures  V-5
and  V-6  show the  ambient TSP  trends  by  region  for  1972  through
1977.  The dust storms of 1976 were primarily located  in Regions 8,
9, and 10, while those of  1977 were  primarily located in Region 6.

     The  fraction  of the  nation's  population which is   exposed to
TSP  levels exceeding the primary  NAAQS is shown  in Figure V-7.ll/
While the number of people exposed  to  such levels  dropped 9%
between 1972 and 1975, this downward trend  stopped in  1976  and 1977
when  the number of people exposed remained  constant  at about 22% of
the  nation's  population.  An identical trend  is present  for  the
nation's  metropolitan  population.   For  the  last three  years
(1975-1977),  27%  of the nation's metropolitan population  has been
exposed to  ambient  TSP  levels exceeding the  primary NAAQS.   These
people are  living  in  areas where  the quality of the air they
breathe could be harmful to their health.

     An even greater percentage of people are  living  in  areas
exceeding  the  secondary  NAAQS for TSP.   For example, in 1975 when
49 million people were living in areas  exceeding the primary NAAQS;
89  million people  were  living  in  areas  exceeding the  secondary
NAAQS.   These  people are living  in areas  where the  air quality
could  be  a hazard  to their welfare (i.e.,  visibility, corrosion of
materials, vegetation, etc.).

      To  examine the TSP  problem  in greater detail,  ambient  TSP
trends are available for five  large  metropolitan  areas.10/11/
These  five  cities,  New  York,  Chicago,  Denver, Cleveland,  and  St.
Louis, were  largely  unaffected by  the  dry  weather of  1976 and 1977
(except possibly St. Louis), so  this  bias  should not  be  present.
The  populations  exposed to TSP levels  exceeding  the  primary NAAQS
in  these  five metropolitan areas  are shown in Table V-3.  The most
significant  improvements  occurred  in  the  New  York metropolitan
area.JjV   In  1970,  11.2 million  people  in  metropolitan  New York
lived in  areas  where the  annual primary NAAQS was  being exceeded.
By  1976,  all TSP  monitors had  registered  annual means  below this
level.   Thus,  no one  was  living  in  areas  exceeding  the primary
NAAQS.    The  average TSP  concentration  in metropolitan  New York
dropped from  78 micrograms per cubic meter in 1970 to 55 micrograms
per  cubic meter  in  1976.

      The  results for the other four  cities were somewhat different.
Improvements  in  the  number of people exposed to ambient TSP levels

-------
                                        Figure  V-5 _10/
                            US. EPA AIR QUALITY CONTROL REGIONS, EASTERN STATES
   160
   140

 T  lm
1=100
 5 80
£60,
 " 40
   20
REGION 1
         I    i     I     I    I     i
                                   REGION 2
                                           t     I    I     I    I     i
                                                                   REGION 3
       1972 1373  1974 1975  1975 1977
                1972 1973 1974 1975 197S  1977
                                                                                J	L__J	1	L
                                           1972 1973  1974 1375 1975 1977
                    160
                    140
                    120
                   =100
                  "S 80
                  a 5D
                   ' 40
                     20
                 REGION 4 _
o

I
                                    lt.
                         1972 1973 1374  1975 1976 1977
                                               REGIONS _
                                  J - 1 - 1
                                                                               t     I
                                 1972 1973 1974 1975 197S  1977
            1972- 1977.
                       Regional trends of annual mean total suspended paniculate concentrations.

-------
                               Figure Y-6  10/     74
                 9  D-
                     U.S. EPA AIR QUALITY CONTROL REGIONS, WESTERN STATES
 160
 1401-
 120 -

\ SO
40
ZO
                        REGIONS .
      L    i	:	i	!
                                   REGION? -
                                                                                         REGIONS -
                                                                                   I    !     I    I
    1972 1973- 1S74-W5-197S 1977        1972  1973 1974 1975 1976 1977       1972 1973  1974 1975  197S 1977
                 150
                 140
                 120
                 100
                -  80
                :  GO
                  40
                  20
                   0
                                          REGION 9
                       I
  t    i     i    ii    i
                                                     REGION 10  _
                                     I     i
1972  1973 1974  1975 1976  1977
                                                          1972  1973 1974 \975 1975 1977
                                                YEAR
        trations, 1972- 1977.
                               Regional trends of annual mean total suspended paniculate concen-

-------
         75
    Figure V-7  K>/
  40
= 30
V Ju
Q
ui
tn
2 20
z
o


-I
=3
o_

£10
                              METROPOLITAN
                             NATION
                                   NON-
                              METROPOLITAN
                            I
    72       73      74      75      76

               YEAR OF TSP EXPOSURE


               Population exposure to annuaj

     mean TSP in excess of NAAQS '~
                                           77

-------
                             76
                           Table  V-3

                Population Exposure to  TSP  Levels  in
               Violation of the  Primary NAAQS  10/.11/

Population
(millions)*
1970
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
New York Chicago Denver Cleveland
17 3.4 1.1 3.4
Percentage of Population Exposed to Levels
Exceeding NAAQS
60% 100% 83%
60%
12% 50%
37%
75% 44%
0% 64% 29%
27%
St. Louis
1.9

69%
46%
48%
43%
60%
62%
t- 1_ _
Air Quality Control Region.

-------
                                  77
 in  excess of  the primary  NAAQS  have  been  made,  but  significant
 numbers  are  still exposed.   Denver  is  probably  in  the worst situa-
 tion.^/   While  the percentage  of  people  exposed  to TSP  levels
 exceeding  the  NAAQS  has  decreased 9%,  a full three-fourths  of  the
 population are  still exposed to these  excessive  levels.   Likewise,
 for Chicago, 64%  of  the  population  are still living  in areas where
 the TSP  levels  violate the  primary  NAAQS.l\J Cleveland has exper-
 ienced  a steady  decrease  in population exposure to  excessive  TSP
 levels  since 1972,  though  27% of  the people  in  the air  quality
 control region are still exposed.10/

     St.  Louis  is the  most interesting case.  The population
 exposed to excessive  TSP  levels decreased  steadily from 69% to  43%
 between 1972 and  1975.  After that the exposed population  increased
 back  to  nearly the  1972  level.   Part  of  the reason for this  in-
 crease, which first occurred in 1976,  may have been the dry  weather
 of  that  year.    The  precipitation around  St. Louis   was  "slightly
 below  normal"   for  1976.11/   However, nothing  is  mentioned con-
 cerning the weather of 1977 and Region 7 (which  includes St.  Louis)
 in  general  showed no  signs of exceptionally dry  weather  in 1977
 (see  Figure  V-6).   Thus,  it would appear that  at  least some  and
 perhaps most of  the  increase of 1977  is due to  factors other than
 dry weather.

     There are  two  primary reasons  why ambient  TSP levels have
 dropped significantly between 1971 and  1975.  Both reasons  concern
 stationary source  particulate  emissions.   The first  reason  is  the
 application  of  particulate  control  technology   to  the stationary
 sources of particulate emissions.  Since 1970, many  of the  largest
 polluting  industries have  been  required  to  control particulate
 emissions.  This has  occurred nationwide through  attempts  by states
 and  localities  to comply  with the  NAAQS  for  TSP  (e.g.,  through
 equipping existing  plants  with  particulate control devices  as
 deemed  necessary by local TSP  levels).   The second reason  is
 that many  combustion sources have switched  to cleaner fuels  which
 result  in lower  particulate emissions.   The  combustion of coal
 produces  much  more  particulate  emissions  than  the   combustion  of
 oil, and  the combustion  of  natural  gas produces even less  partic-
ulate emissions than the combustion of  oil.   Thus, many sources  in
 the early  1970's  switched  to  oil  and gas  to   reduce particulate
 emissions, as well as sulfur dioxide emissions.

     While these methods  have decreased ambient  TSP  levels over  the
 last seven to eight years,  there are some  inherent  problems  associ-
ated with both of  them which  limit  future  reductions.  First, most
of  the  large  reductions in particulate  emissions  possible from
stationary sources have  already been  raade.9/  The majority  of  the
 largest polluting plants have already  come under state and  federal
standards,  or are under compliance schedules  soon to  be completed.
The potential for continued  emission reductions has diminished,  and
future reductions  will  be  even more  costly.   Since current NSPS

-------
                                   78
are based on the  best  system  of emission reduction which has been
adequately demonstrated,  while taking into account the cost of such
a  system,  the  advent  of even  greater  control  of  currently  con-
trolled  industries will  not  be widespread,  barring major techno-
logical breakthroughs.

     Second, the  trend  toward  switching  to oil and natural gas from
coal  has already stopped and even reversed itself due to  the
shortage of domestic  oil and  natural gas.  Thus,  any gains made in
the past from switching to  cleaner  fuels  will eventually disappear,
and likely  reverse themselves  as coal  usage  becomes more and more
prominent.

     Finally, growth  in  production will enter  into the situation.
In  any  industry  where  emission standards stay at  current levels,
every new  plant  not  replacing  an  obsolete  plant will  add  to the
overall emissions inventory.  The ability of  the air  to  clean
itself does not  increase with  the nation's productive capabilities,
so the end result is  dirtier  air.

     In  conclusion,  while significant  progress  was  made  in  the
early  1970's in  reducing ambient  TSP  levels, 22%  of the national
population  is still exposed to ambient  TSP levels in excess of the
primary  NAAQS of 75  microgratns per  cubic  meter  (annual  geometric
mean).   And the  two  strategies which  contributed  most  to the TSP
reductions of the early 1970's, application of emission  controls to
the stationary sources with   the  largest potential reductions and
fuel-switching  from coal to  oil  and natural  gas,  clearly will not
be able to provide significant new  reductions, expecially  since the
fuel-switching  process will   likely reverse itself and  continued
economic growth  is expected  to provide new sources of  particulate
matter.  Therefore, heretofore uncontrolled  particulate  sources and
new major particulate  sources will need  to be regulated  if further
TSP reductions  are to  be achieved.  The  next section will show the
environmental benefits  to be  gained from the control of  light-duty
diesel  particulate emissions.

n.   Impact of  Diesel Particulate  Emissions

     The  automotive diesel   engine is  currently  an unregulated
source  of  particulate  in the atmosphere.  Three different aspects
Of the diesel's  environmental impact will be  examined  here.   First,
the amount  of particulate emitted  to the atmosphere will  be  deter-
mined.   Second,  the diesel's impact  on  large-scale  TSP  levels
will  be examined.  Finally,  the diesel's  impact  in localized
areas where particularly high  concentrations could occur will be
examined.   All of these  impacts will be determined  for  1990, as by
that  time  the environmental  benefits  of the 1985 standard will be
nearly complete.  These environmental impacts in  1990 will be
determined  for both light-duty diesels  and heavy-duty diesels,  even
though  these regulations apply only to  the  former.  Both sources

-------
                                  79
emit in the same areas at the same  time,  and  thus  their impacts are
typically combined.  Of  course, the combined impact cannot be used
to justify control of only one of  the  sources.

     1.   Emissions

     The determination of  total  particulate  emissions from light-
and  heavy-duty  diesels  in  1990  requires  three  primary  pieces  of
information:  emission  factors (in units  of g/mi or  g/km),  sales
(for  each  year until 1990), and  a  breakdown  of vehicle  miles
travelled (VMT)  for both  light- and heavy-duty diesels.

     The  first  step needed  in  this area  is  to determine  the
emission factors for light- and heavy-duty  diesels.  EPA has tested
every  light-duty diesel  currently  marketed in the U. S ,\2j   A
current  sales-weighted   average  of these  emission  levels  (using
Table III-6)  is  about  0.6  grams  per mile  (g/mi)  or 0.37 grams per
kilometer  (g/km).    However,   the  composition  of  the  fleet  could
change considerably by 1990.   From an analysis  of the information
available  on future  diesel  sales, I3_l General  Motors,  with  its
relatively high  particulate emitters,  is  expected  to retain a 55-65
percent  share  of  the   light-duty diesel market through  1990.
Volkswagen, on the other hand, with its lower emitting diesels,  is
expected to lose much of  its diesel market  share,  though increasing
sales on an absolute basis.   Ford  and  Chrysler are  both expected to
move toward diesels, together representing  28 percent of the diesel
market in  1990,  and nothing  can  be  known about  their emissions.
Without the  impetus  of regulation, it is  likely  that  these  newer
entrees  to the  market  would be  high emitters,  not unlike  the
1978-1979 Oldsmobiles.

     To this  is  added  the  burden  of strict NOx control (1.0 g/mi)
by 1985.   Up  until that  date, EPA  may grant a waiver to  1.5 g/mi
NOx  and  this waiver could prevent  an  increase in particulate
emissions over current  levels (see  Chapter  IV).  However, beginning
in 1985,  Congress itself  has set the NOx  standard  at 1.0 g/mi (0.62
g/km).   Under this  NOx standard,  it is unlikely that uncontrolled
particulate levels  would be much  under 1.0  g/mi  (0.62  g/kra).   In
fact, in their initial  comments at  the public hearing following the
proposal  of this  regulation,  some  manufacturers  wanted  a  1.0 g/mi
particulate standard even with a NOx waiver to 1.5  g/mi, especially
General Motors which  is  presently the largest  diesel manufacturer
and which is expected to continue to  account  for a majority of the
diesel  market  in the  foreseeable  future._O/,_14/   Others thought
lower levels were possible,  but would require  further effort.   It
is highly  unlikely that  any of   this  effort would  occur without
regulation.   Thus,  1.0 g/mi  (0.62  g/kra)  will be  used as an uncon-
trolled particulate level for light-duty diesels.

     The  particulate emission factor for heavy-duty diesels will be
estimated to  be  2.0 g/mi  (1.24  g/km).  This  factor  is currently

-------
                                 80
difficult to determine accurately since EPA  has only recently
developed a transient test for heavy-duty diesels._15/  A transient
test appears  necessary  to  accurately determine  in-use particulate
emissions.    All  historical  data  was obtained  from steady-state
tests  and EPA is  only  now in  the midst of  its  first transient
testing  of diesels.   Thus,  2.0  g/mi  (1.24 g/km), which  is  an
accepted rough estimate  of  heavy-duty particulate emissions will be
used._l_6/J._7/_18_/   It should be noted  that  in the past  it  has been
believed that  2-stroke heavy-duty diesel engines had  greater
particulate emission factors  than did 4-stroke engines; preliminary
transient testing has  indicated  that  2.0 g/mi (1.24 g/km) is a good
estimate  for  both  2-stroke and  4-stroke heavy-duty diesel partic-
ulate emission factors.

     The next step is  to determine the number of diesels which will
be on  the road in  the future.   This  area has already been examined
for light-duty diesels and  the best estimate of  future dieseL sales
is shown  in  Table  V-4 ._L3_/   Diesel sales are expected to reach 11%
of. the light-duty market  in  1985 and 20% in 1990 where  they are
expected  to  level  off.   As these projections  could under or over-
estimate  actual diesel sales,  a range consisting of plus and minus
25% of the  scenario in Table V-4 will  be  used  for all subsequent
analyses.   If these  scenarios  are coupled with the standard EPA
breakdown of  annual vehicle miles travelled  by  model year,_l_9_/ the
result is that  10.2-17.0%  of  light-duty  travel  in  1990 wilT~be by
diesel.

     For  heavy-duty diesels,  the  scenarios used here will be taken
from the  environmental  impact analysis performed by  PEDCo Environ-
mental for EPA  (based  on projections made  by Dr.John  Johnson,
Michigan  Tech  University) .JJ3_/   These sales scenarios are shown in
Table  V-5.    If  the  standard EPA breakdown  of annual heavy-duty
vehicle  miles  travelled  by model  year  is  used.Jj}/   the result is
that  59.7-83.9%  of heavy-duty  travel in 1990 will be  diesel.

     The  final  three  items  which are  needed  are  an  estimate of
nationwide vehicle miles  travelled  (VKT),  a breakdown  of VMT by
class, and an urban/rural  breakdown  of VMT by class.  All  of these
will be taken from PEDCo (based  on DOT data) and are  shown  in Table
V-6._18/                                                 • .

     Using all  of these figures,  the annual  emissions of diesels
can now be calculated.  In 1990, uncontrolled  particulate emissions
from all  diesels  nationwide  are expected  to be  323,000 to 494,000
metric tons per year.  Urban emissions would be slightly more than
half  this amount,  149,000 to  233,000 metric tons per  year.   Na-
tionwide  emissions from  light-duty diesels in 1990 are expected to
be 152,000 to 253,000 metric  tons per year without  control, while
urban  emissions would have been 84,000  to 141,000  metric tons per
year.   If no  control is  placed  on  heavy-duty  diesel particulate
emissions by  1990,  they  are  expected to amount  to  171,000 to

-------
                         81
                   Table V-4

Year-by-Year Projections of the Diesel Fraction
          of Light-Duty Vehicle Sales 13/

Model Year
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
Diesel
Fraction (%)
4.7%
7.5%
8.9%
9.5%
11.4%
13.8%
16.5%
17.6%
18.7%
19.7%
20%
20%
20%
20%
20%

-------
                      82
                 Table V-5

Percentage of New Heavy-Duty Vehicle Sales
      Powered by Diesel Engines 18/
Model Year

1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
Heavy-Duty
Vehicles
Low
28.0
30.0
31.0
31.0
31.0
31.0
31.0
31.0
33.0
39.0
45.0
52,0
58.0
64.0
High
28.0
35.0
36.0
38.0
40.0
48.0
57.0
67.0
78.0
82.0
86.0
90.0
94.0
99.0

-------
                                  83
                             Table V-6

                Nationwide and Urban VMT and Diesel
              Particulate Emissions by Vehicle Class
                                               1.286 trillion miles

                                               1.5% per year

                                               54.1%/45.9%
Nationwide VMT in 1974 18/

     Annual Growth Rate

     Urban/Rural Split


Breakdown of VMT by Class (1974) \8/




Light-Duty Vehicles

Light-Duty Trucks

Heavy-Duty Vehicles
Diesel Particulate Emissions (1990) (Metric tons per year)
Nationwide
0.788
0.124
0.088
1.000
Urban
0.830
0.108
0.062
1.000
                                        Nationwide
                                                               Urban
Light-Duty Diesel

Heavy-Duty Diesel

     Total
                                      152,000-253,000     84,000-141,000

                                      171.000-241.000     65.000-92,000

                                      323,000-494,000    149,000-233,000

-------
                                   84
 241,000  metric  tons  per year,  nationwide,  and 65,000  to  92,000
 metric  tons  in urban areas.   These  values  are all shown in Table
 V-6.  To put things into perspective, Table V-7 provides  a compari-
 son of current  annual emissions from  several major industrial
 source  categories  with  estimates of uncontrolled diesel emissions
 in  1990.   As  can be seen,  heavy-duty  and  light-duty diesels are
 projected  to be  significant  sources of  particulate  emissions  by
 1990, if left uncontrolled.

     During  the  next  decade,  as light-duty  diesels become  a major
 source of  particulate  emissions,  there will  be a significant
 decrease  in  lead particulate  emissions from gasoline-powered
 light-duty vehicles and  trucks.   This trend  has already begun and
 will  continue  as the  gasoline-powered fleet  becomes more and more
 dominated by  vehicles  equipped  with  catalysts, which require
 unleaded  fuel  and which thus emit  little or  no lead particulate.
 EPA  estimates  that gasoline-powered  light-duty vehicles  and trucks
 emitted approximately 250,000 metric tons of particulate matter in
 1974  (1.173  trillion miles  times a  lead-salt  emission  factor  of
 0.213 g/mi), of  which 107,000 metric tons would be  classifiable as
^su^pended particulate.  By  1990, EPA expects gasoline-powered
 light-duty vehicles and  trucks  to emit  only  16,000 metric  tons of
 particulate  matter,  of  which  7,000  metric  tons would  be  classi-
 fiable as  suspended particulate.  Thus,  EPA expects a reduction of
 100,000 metric tons of  suspended  particulate from  gasoline-powered
 light-duty vehicles  and  trucks by  1990  as  compared  to  levels  in
 1974.   With the  expected  increase in diesel particulate  (from
 uncontrolled diesels)  and the expected decrease in  lead particulate
 (from gasoline-powered  vehicles),  then  by 1990  EPA projects that
 total  light-duty  vehicle  and  truck particulate  emissions  will
 increase by 52,000 to  153,000 metric  tons  per year.

     In summary,  if left uncontrolled light-duty diesels will emit
 152,000 to 253,000 metric  tons  of particulate per  year by 1990,
which EPA  projects would make them  one  of  the largest  sources of
particulate emissions.   Lead  particulate emissions from gasoline-
powered light-duty vehicles will be  reduced by 100,000 metric tons
per year by  1990,  thus  the  net increase of light-duty vehicle and
truck particulate  emissions  will  be  52,000  to  153,000 metric tons
pet 7ear by  1990.   These tonnage impacts are  significant,  both in
terms of  the diesel contribution  and the overall  light-duty con-
tribution.  The air quality impacts  on various regions will  now be
gjtamined in the next  sections.

     2.   Regional Impact

     The  regional,  or  large-scale,  impact  of diesel particulate
emissions is greatest  in urban areas. This is  no surprise since it
±g  in urban  areas where  the greatest   concentration  of vehicles
exist.  As it  is also in urban  areas where most of the  people of
the nation live  and where most  of the violations of the NAAQS for
     occur ,_10_/  it  is  appropriate  that  this  section concentrates

-------
                                   85
                             Table V-7

        1975 Emissions from Selected Major Stationary Source
    Categories and Projected 1990 Emissions from Diesel Vehicles

                                                      1975 Emissions*
Stationary Sources                                    (tons per year)

Electric Generation Plants                               3,000,000

Industrial Boilers                                       1,000,000

Iron and Steel Industry

     Coke Ovens                                           <100,000

     Basic Oxygen Furnaces                                 100,000

     Blast Furnaces                                       <100,000

Kraft Pulp Mills                                           200,000

Aluminum Industry                                          200,000


                                                      1990 Emissions
Diesel Vehicles                                       (tons per year)

Heavy-Duty                                            171,000-241,000

Light-Duty                                            152,000-253,000
*    Stationary source data extracted from National Emission Data
System, 1975.

-------
                                   86
primarily  on  the impact of  diesel  particulate  emissions  in  urban
areas.

     Three studies have  attempted  to determine the impact of diesel
particulate emissions on  urban air.   The first was  performed  by
PEDCo Environmental and  focussed on  Kansas City.JJ/  An air quality
display model (AQDM) was used to predict ambient diesel particulate
levels  throughout  the Kansas  City  metropolitan area within  two-
kilometer  square  grids.   A  total of  165 grids were  modeled  (660
square kilometers).  The population residing in each grid was  also
determined  so  an  estimate  of the  population exposed  to  various
ambient levels could also  be  made.

     The second study was  also performed by PEDCo Environmental for
EPA,  but  it used  a different approach.2QJ   First,  three larger
cities were examined, New York, Los Angeles,  and Chicago.  Second,
che  study did not  use  a  dispersion model  to  calculate  ambient
diesel  particulate  levels.    Rather,  ambient  lead  concentrations
coupled with lead  emission  factors were used to  determine  the
relationship between emissions and air quality for mobile sources.
Then, ambient concentrations of diesel particulate could be calcu-
lated using this relationship and  known diesel particulate emission
factors.   Ambient  levels  of  diesel  particulate  were calculated at
15 actual  TSP  monitoring  sites so  the calculated levels could be
directly compared  to levels  currently being  measured at the  same
sites.

     The third study was conducted by EPA and used essentially the
same  methodology  as the  second  PEDCo report. 21/   Ambient diesel
particulate concentrations were estimated  in  ove~r 35 cities ranging
in population from  less than 100,000 to over 5,000,000.   The study
also includes similar  estimates of ambient  diesel particulate
Bevels in Chicago and Toledo  which were submitted by General Motors
during  the  comment  period following the  proposal of  this regula-
tion.^/

     Each of these three studies used a different set of  input data
for  emission  factors,   VMT  growth,   diesel  penetration,  etc.    In
order to be comparable,  each had  to  be adjusted to a common set of
input factors.   This has already been done  under  separate  cover
for  convenience. 2_iy  The common set of input factors used  was
described in the previous  subsection on emissions from uncontrolled
Diesels.   The only difference was that growth  in VMT was  only
assumed to be 1Z per year in  the  central  city areas being examined
by the three studies.

     One additional adjustment was also made to the  results of the
9econd  PEDCo  study.  From  the text  of  the PEDCo  report,  it  was
determined that  an error was made concerning the automobile's
contribution to  ambient  TSP  levels in  New York.   A referenced
study,  which  determined the  auto's  total contribution  to ambient

-------
                                  87
TSP  levels  included  reentrained  dust,  but  was  taken to refer only
to  automobile  exhaust  emissions.   This  error  caused  the  New York
results  to  be  overestimated  by  a factor of 2.66.  Due to the fact
that  the Chicago  results  were  partially  based  on  this erroneous
factor,  they  were  overestimated  by a  factor of  1.62.   Any  use of
the  PEDCo  results here will be  adjusted by  these factors  and
a detailed  discussion  of  the adjustments can  be found under sepa-
rate cover.21/

     The results of the three studies  are shown  in Tables V-8, V-9,
and  V-10.   Before drawing  conclusions from  any of them,  it is
helpful  to discuss  both  similarities  and differences  among  the
results of the  studies.  The EPA study  encompasses  the  cities
contained  in both the other two  studies, so  it can be used as
common  measure  to  compare the  results of the  two  PEDCo methodo-
logies,  as  well as  for  direct  comparisons between EPA  and PEDCo
results.

     First, it is  evident  that the expected Kansas City impact, as
determined from ambient lead  levels (Table  V-10,  EPA) is over twice
that determined by  the AQDM (Table  V-8, PEDCo).   On the other hand,
the expected impacts in New York, Los  Angeles and Chicago are about
the  same whether determined  by  EPA  (Table V-10) or  PEDCo  (Table
V-9).   This latter  finding  is  not surprising  since  both  studies
used  ambient  lead  measurements  as a  basis,  though  slightly dif-
ferent methodologies were  used  to  convert  these ambient  lead
concentrations into  diesel particulate concentrations.   The level
found  at the  first  Chicago  monitor  modeled by  PEDCo  (Table V-9)
appears  quite out of line with all the  others and will be excluded
from  further  reference.  It is  known that PEDCo assumed  that
automotive exhaust  particulate was   a  constant fraction  of  TSP
throughout  the city.   If this particular monitor was in a heavily
industrial   area  showing  a very  high  TSP  level  due  to industrial
sources, of which  Chicago  has quite  a few,_!!_/  then the automotive
portion  could be overestimated.

     Using   the  EPA  study  as a  common yardstick,  the methodology
applied  in the second PEDCo study (Table  V-9) yielded higher diesel
particulate impacts  than  the AQDM even  after  taking  into  account
differences in the  cities examined.  There  is independent reason to
believe  that  the AQDM underestimated  the  mobile source  impact in
Kansas  City.  A  study  has  been  performed which  calculates  ambient
carbon  monoxide  (CO)  levels  using the PEDCo  Kansas  City results,
and CO  emission factors._2_4/  The model appears to estimate ambient
CO levels  a factor  of four  below those  determined by monitors
located  within the city.   This  comparison  was  performed using  CO,
because  current ambient levels of  diesel particulate are difficult
to distinguish from other combustion particles.   Also, intuitively,
there  should be  less  error involved  in ambient  pollutant measure-
ments  and  emission  factors than  that   involved  in regional  disper-
sion modeling.  From this section  it would appear that the greater

-------
              88
           Table V-8

Results of PEDCo Environmental's
      Kansas City Study 21/
Total Number of Grids (2 x 2km)
Total Population (1970)
Ambient Diesel Particulate Level
(micrograms per cubic meter )
Light -Duty Heavy-Duty
0.7 - 1.2 0.6 - 0.8
0.7 - 1.1 0.5 - 0.8
0.6 - 1.0 0.5 - 0.7
0.6 - 1.0 0.4 - 0.6
0.5 - 0.9 0.4 - 0.6
0.5 - 0.8 0.4 - 0.6
165
756,000
Percentage of Population Exposed
to at Least the Indicated Level
of Diesel Particulate
2.1%
5.9%
13.2%
17.8%
28.6%
32.8%

-------
                                      89
                                  Table V-9

               Estimated Ambient Levels of Diesel Particulate
               at 15 TSP Monitoring Sites in Three Cities 21/
Height
City (meters)
New York* 22.9
22.9
18.3
13.7
7.6
Los Angeles 1.2
7.6
27.4
5.5
18.3
Chicago* 9.5
4.6
4.9
39.9
19.2
Distance
from Road
(meters)
91.5
30.5
15.25
30.5
91.5
N/A
1.8
5.0
17.0
N/A
24.4
30.5
21.3
9.15
3.6
Average
Daily
Traffic
12,100
16,500
26,600
17,900
16,800
15,000
15,000
13,500
18,000
N/A
N/A
4,700
9,400
11,600
25,100
Diesel Particulate Levels
(micrograms per cubic meter)
Light-Duty Heavy-Duty
2.1 - 3.5 1.6 - 2.3
2.2 -
2.6 -
2.0 -
2.5 -
5.4 -
5.6 -
6.8 -
5.7 -
6.2 -
9.8 -
4.8 -
5.2 -
5.0 -
4.1 -
3.6
4.3
3.3
4.2
9.1
9.4
11.3
9.5
10.3
16.3
8.0
8.7
8.3
6.9
1.7 -
2.0 -
1.5 -
1.9 -
4.2 -
4.3 -
5.2 -
4.4 -
4.8 -
7.5 -
3.7 -
4.0 -
3.8 -
3.1 -
2.4
2.8
2.2
2.7
5.9
6.1
7.3
6.2
6.7
10.6
5.2
5.7
5.4
4.4
*  The  levels shown  include  a reduction  by  a. factor  of  2.66 (New
York) and  1.62  (Chicago) to  account  for an  error  in the original
PEDCo analysis.   See text for further description.

-------
90
Table V-10
Estimated Regional Ambient Levels of Diesel
Participate in 39 Cities in 1990 21/*
Particulate Level
Population (micrograms per cubic meter)
Category City
Over 1 .
.... Chicago
million 6
Detroit
Houston
Los Angeles

New York
Philadelphia
Average
500,000 to Boston
1,000,000 Dallas
Denver
Kansas City, MO
New Orleans
Phoenix
Pittsburgh
San Diego
St. Louis
Average
250,000 to Atlanta
500,000 Birmingham, AL
Cincinnati
Jersey City
Louisville
Oklahoma City
Portland
Sacramento
Tucson
Yonkers , NY
Average
	 100,000 to Baton Rouge
250,000 Jackson, MS
Kansas City, KA
Mobile, AL
New Haven
Salt Lake City
Spokane
Torrance, CA
Trenton, NJ
Waterbury, CT
Average
	 Under 100,000 Anchorage
Helena, MN
Jackson Co. , MS
Average
Light-Duty
3.0 -
6.3 -
2.1 -
4.4 -
5.7 -
2.2 -
2.8 -
2.6 -
3.6 -
1.9 -
6.4 -
2.0 -
1.5 -
2.2 -
4.4 -
1.8 -
2.4 -
2.5 -
2.8 -
2.2 -
2.6 -
1.7 -
2.2 -
2.0 -
3.5 -
2.1 -
1.7 -
2.2 -
1.6 -
2,4 -
2.2 -
2.0 -
1.7 -
0.9 -
1.3 -
2.0 -
2.4 -
2.1 -
1.2 -
5.0 -
1.9 -
3.8 -
2.2 -
2.1 -
0.6 -
0.9 -
1.2 -
5.1
10.7
3.5
7.5
9.6
3.8
4.8
4.4
6.2
3.3
10.8
3.4
2.5
3.8
7.5
3.0
4.0
4.2
4.7
3.7
4.4
2.9
3.7
3.4
5.9
3.6
2.9
3.8
2.7
4.1
3.7
3.3
2.9
1.5
2.1
3.4
4.1
3.5
2.1
8.4
3.1
6.7
3.7
2.7
0.8
1.7
1.7
Heavy-Duty
2.3 -
4.9 -
1.6 -
3.4 -
4.3 -
1.7-
2.2 -
2.0 -
2.8 -
1.5 -
4.9 -
1.5 -
1.1 -
1.7 -
3.4 -
1.4 -
1.8 -
1.9 -
2.2 -
1.7 -
2.0 -
1.3 -
1.7 -
1.5 -
2.7 -
1.6 -
1.3 -
1.7 -
1.2 -
1.9 -
1,7 -
1.5 -
l."3 -
0.7 -
1.0 -
1.5 -
1.9 -
1.6 -
0.9 -
3.B -
1.4 -
2.9 -
1.7 -
1.6 -
0.5 -
0.7 -
0.9 -
3.3
7.0
2.3
4,9
6.2
2.4
3.1
2.9
4.0
2.1
7.0
2.2
1.6
2.5
4.9
2.0
2.6
2.7
3.1
2.4
2.8
1.9
2.4
2.2
3.9
2.4
1.9
2.4
1.7
2.7
2.3
2.2
1.9
1.0
1.4
2.2
2.7
2.3
1.3
5.5
2.0
4.4
2.4
1.7
0.5
1.1
1.1
Based on data from National Air Surveillance Network (NASN)

-------
                                   91
emphasis should be  placed  on the studies based  on  ambient  CO and
lead levels than those using regional dispersion modeling, partic-
ularly  when  the  number  of ambient  pollutant measurements  is
large.

     Given  this  emphasis,  the  regional impact of uncontrolled
diesel  participate  emissions in  1990  would  be 2-11  micrograms per
cubic  meter  (light-duty),  and 2-7  micrograms per cubic  meter
(heavy-duty) in the  nation's  three largest cities.  Together, these
levels  represent  5-24% of  the NAAQS  for TSP.  The levels  for other
cities  are  somewhat  lower  and  these  levels  tend to decrease with
decreasing population, as  shown  in  Table V-10.  There  are  excep-
tions in each population category,  such as Dallas and Kansas City.
The  impact  of  all  diesel  particulate emissions  in  Dallas is pro-
jected  to be  6-11  raicrograms per  cubic meter from  light-duty
diesels and 5-7 micrograms  per  cubic meter from heavy-duty diesels.
The  impact  in  Kansas  City  is  only  projected  to  be  1.5-2.5  micro-
grams per  cubic  meter from  light-duty  diesels  and  1.1-1.6  micro-
grams per cubic meter from heavy-duty diesels.  It  should be noted
that the regional impacts  in Table  V-10 are based  on National Air
Surveillance Network  (NASN) data, which typically involve only one
or two monitors per  city.   Certainly the small number of monitors
might  explain  some  of  the variability between  cities.   However,
being a part of the  NASN system,  these monitors have a much greater
likelihood of representing areas at  least  as  large  as a  neighbor-
hood and  not be  overly  influenced   by  nearby sources.   National
Aerometric Data Bank  (NADB)  data was  not  used because these moni-
tors are more  likely  to be located  near large sources of lead and
may  not  represent   larger-scale  impacts.  Thus,   the  presence  of  a
large  nearby source  should not be a cause  of  the variability.

     Levels such as  these  would have a  significant  impact  on the
ability of  these  cities  to  meet  the primary NAAQS  for  TSP.   For
example, in 1976,  64% of the population in  the Chicago  air quality
control region lived  in areas exceeding the primary NAAQS for TSP.
Table V-9 projects  the total diesel particulate  impact  to be 7-14
micrograms per cubic  meter,  with well over half due to  light-duty
diesels, even ignoring the one very high monitoring site.  This is
5-12 micrograms per  cubic  meter higher than  the diesel  impact  in
1976 which was estimated to be  2  micrograms  per cubic meter at that
time .20J   Ambient  lead concentrations  in 1975 were  approximately
17-27~~percent  of  the  diesel particulate  impact  in  1990, or  about
2.4 micrograms per  cubic meter ._2_1_/   Since lead comprises about 52
percent  of   lead-containing  particulate,^!/  this  translates into
about 5 micrograms  per cubic meter  of  leaded particulate.    Since
use of leaded gasoline should greatly decrease by 1990,  a reduction
of about 4 micrograms per  cubic meter should occur.  The  net mobile
source  impact  would  then  be 1-8 micrograras  per  cubic meter  city-
wide.   If  stationary source and fugitive  emissions did not de-
crease,  then a total of  67-83  percent  of the  population would
live in areas exceeding the standards, rather  than only  64%._1_1/  In

-------
                                  92
order to  comply  with the primary NAAQS  for  TSP with uncontrolled
diesel emissions,  an additional  1-7  micrograms  per cubic meter of
control would be necessary.  This is a large amount  of control for
an  area  already  having difficulty meeting  the  standards for TSP.
The projected impacts of uncontrolled diesels in cities such  as St.
Louis, Denver,  Dallas,  and  Los  Angeles  are  similar to  those in
Chicago (see Table V-10}»

     In summary,  EPA finds  that  the original   PEDCo Environmental
analysis  (utilizing  an  air  quality  display  model  in Kansas City)
was weak  in certain  aspects, and that the more  recent PEDCo  Envir-
onmental  and  EPA analyses (based on ambient  lead  levels and  lead
and  diesel  particulate  emission  factors)  more   accurately reflect
the  regional  impacts  to be  expected  from  light-duty  diesel partic-
ulate emissions.   These studies  show the  regional  impacts expected
in  1990  from uncontrolled  light-duty diesels  to be very signifi-
cant.  Moderate  increases  in mobile source  particulate  levels
(2-10 micrograms  per cubic  meter)  will  add  to already  excessive
levels of TSP and  increase  the difficulty  of  complying with the
primary NAAQS for TSP for practically all  of  the regions  which  have
the  very  worst  TSP  violations.    As discussed  in the  section on
health  effects,   all of  this  additional  particulate  burden  will
involve particles  which are  inhalable, and nearly  all will  involve
particles with  diameters  less  than 2.5  micrometers,  which are
thought to be the most harmful to human health.

     3.   Localized Levels

     Approximately  six   studies  are  available   which  examine  the
localized air quality impact of diesel  particulate  emissions.  Here
localized is  defined to include areas  on an expressway,  beside an
expressway  at distances  up  to  approximately   91  meters from  its
edge, and in a street canyon.   These scenarios represent exposure
co:   people  while commuting to  and  from  work;  persons  employed by
roadside  businesses   such  as gasoline  stations; families  residing
near  major  thoroughfares;   pedestrians   on  busy  streets;  and  oc-
cupants of offices,  apartments,  etc. which  flank busy streets.  As
a  survey  and  analysis of  these studies  has  already been performed,
only  the  pertinent results  along with short descriptions shall be
discussed here.25/

     Since each  study utilized  different  diesel penetration rates
and  emission  factors,  these  variables  were  factored   from their
respective results and  replaced  by  the  standard set of  conditions,
described earlier,  in order to be comparable.   For  light-duty
vehicles  and  trucks,  these conditions consist  of a diesel emission
factor of 1.0 gram/mile,  a  low  estimate  of  dieselization equal  to
10.2  percent  of  all  light-duty vehicles  in  1990,  and  a high esti-
mate of dieselization corresponding to 17 percent of the light-duty
fleet in  1990.   For  heavy-duty vehicles, the diesel emission factor
is  2.0  grams/mile.  The  low and high  diesel penetration estimates
are  60 percent and 84 percent of urban miles traveled by heavy-duty

-------
                                  93
vehicles, respectively.  An analysis of urban traffic characteris-
tics  reveals  that 93.8  percent of  accumulated  miles are  from
light-duty vehicles and trucks,  the  remainder are, for the purposes
of  this  study,  attributable to heavy-duty vehicles  (based  on DOT
data, PEDCo).18/

     A Southwest Research  Institute  study evaluated the on-express-
way  scenario.J_6/   Positive aspects of  this  report  include:   the
choice  of dispersion model, GM"s  line source  model 26/, which
yielded good correlation with  tracer gas experiments 28/; the study
site, a  portion of  1-45  at  Joplin (Houston),  where the wind  is
oriented  roughly parallel  to  the  roadway  approximately  15  percent
of  the  time (from 2,75°-25.25" relative  to  the road  at  2.06-8.3
meters/ second); and the traffic count was well  documented  at  1494
vehicles/ hour for  each  of 6  lanes.   The results, modified  to
comply  with the  aforementioned standard emission factors  and
dieselization rates,  can be  found  in Table V-ll.

     From this  study  it can be seen  that commuters on an expressway
with  a  traffic volume of approximately 9000 vehicles per  hour
may expect  exposure  to diesel particulate  at  concentrations above
regional  levels  of  diesel  particulate  ranging  from 13.7-65.1
micrograms per cubic  meter.  These values  reflect the low estimate
of  dieselization and  represent  the contribution from  both  light-
duty, approximately 56% of the total,  and  heavy-duty  diesels.   The
high estimate of dieselization  yields  concentrations  ranging  from
21.3-100.9 micrograms  per  cubic  meter;  61%  of  which is  from  light-
duty vehicles.   The  wide  range  in expected  levels  reflects  the
important role  of  the wind.   Higher  on-expressway concentrations
result when lower velocity  wind  approaches a trajectory parallel to
the  road.    This  condition  allows  cumulative dispersion  towards
receptors (people  in cars) rather than  away from them  as  would be
the case for steeper  road-wind angles.

     To characterize  the  off-expressway impact,  the Aerospace
Corporation utilized a number of studies  which used monitors
to  construct  roadside  spatial  distributions  of carbon  monoxide
and tracer  gases._1_7_/   Carbon  monoxide is an  especially  good  sur-
rogate  for  ambient  diesel particulate  level  projections,   since
motor vehicles are the predominant  contributors  to ambient  CO
levels  and  diesel  particulate  disperses  more  like  a  gas   than  a
typical  large  particle.   Their  approach involved  developing  a
pollutant  concentration  index  by   subtracting background  concen-
tration  from measured  roadside  values and dividing  the  resulting
difference  by  the  appropriate source term.    This  process was
repeated  for various distances from  the roadway.   A roadside  diesel
particulate  concentration  profile  was  developed  by  multiplying the
index values  for   specific  locations  by  the  desired  particulate
source  term.  The  7850 vehicle per hour traffic  count was based on
a 24-hour integration  of  actual traffic  flow on an 8  lane urban
freeway  in Los Angeles.

     This  approach  should  be   superior  to mathematical  modeling

-------
                                  94
                             Table V-ll

                  Expected On-Expressway Concentrations
                      (micrograms per cubic meter)


Light-Duty
Heavy-Duty
2.
at
36.
28.
06 m/sec
2.75'
7 - 61
4-39
*
.1
.8
2.06 m/sec
at 25.
23.2 -
18.0 -
25*
38.
25.

8
3
8.
at
26.
20.
3 m/sec
2.75°
5 - 44.
6-28.
8.3 m/sec

2
8
at 25.
7.7 -
6.0 -
25*
12.9
8.4
* Wind speed and orientation with road.
                             Table V-12
                  Expected Off-Expressway Concentrations
                      (micrograms per cubic meter)


30 Meters
from Road
9! Meters
from Road


Light-Duty
Heavy-Duty
Light-Duty
Heavy-Duty
24-Hour
Maximum
24.2 - 40.3
18.7 - 26.3
15.8 - 26.3
12.2 - 17.1
Annual Geometric
Mean
8.1 - 13.4
6.2 - 8.8
5.3 - 8.7
4.1 - 5.7

-------
                                  95
efforts because it  is based on measured trends and characteristics
while  avoiding  such assumptions  as  constant  wind speed and atmos-
pheric stability.   The  results,  found  in  Table V-12, are given in
terms  of  a 24-hour maximum concentration during one  year  and the
corresponding annual  geometric  mean.   In order  to  obtain  24-hour
maximums,  Aerospace  chose  values  of the concentration index which
corresponded to the 99.73 percentile ((1 - 1/365) x  100%).   Annual
geometric means  were  then calculated by  dividing the  24-hour
maximum values by 3.

     To confirm  this  relationship  between the two sampling times,
the carbon monoxide records of the  8 cities  listed in Table 6-1 of
Air Quality Criteria for Carbon  Monoxide  were examined,2Tj  A
slightly different  divisor of 3.16  was obtained when the geometric
mean of the ratio of 24-hour maximums to annual geometric means was
calculated.  Since the range of  individual ratios is  2.44 (Chicago)
to 5.0 (Washington  D.C.),  it  is  concluded that the  factor  used by
Aerospace  is  reasonable  and well within the  scatter  of  the data.

     Following  this methodology,  persons  approximately  30 meters
from a  roadway  carrying 7850 vehicles  per  hour could  be  exposed
to annual mean diesel  particulate concentrations of  14.3-22.2
micrograms per  cubic  meter from both  light  and  heavy-duty vehic-
les.    Roughly  58 percent of  this  is  the  light-duty contribution.
Similarly, concentrations at a distance  of about  91 meters from the
roadway fall in the 9.4-14.7  microgram  per  cubic meter range.  As
mentioned  above,  annual  geometric  mean  values  are  roughly  one-
third of the 24-hour maximum values.

     It  is important to remember  that all these  local  impacts
consider  only  one  source.    The  total concentration  that people
would be  exposed  to would, therefore,  be  the predicted localized
value  plus the regional or  background value coming from other
roadways nearby  which was discussed  in the previous section.  It is
also important  to note  that  the  91 meter distance  used above to
characterize a localized effect  is  further from the  road than many
of the  "regional"  monitors used  to develop  the regional  impacts
shown in Tables  V-9 and  V-10.  This  does not  mean that the regional
impacts  described in Tables  V-9  and  V-10   are  instead  localized
impacts.   The regional monitors  are  located near  roadways, but most
are elevated and  the  roads are not heavily  travelled relative to
the expressway  examined above.    Rather,  the  large  distances (91
meters) at  which  one can  still  find single  source  effects (busy
expressway) is simply an example of the extent of potential local-
ized effects.

     Aerospace used  the  same  methodology employed  in the  off-ex-
pressway  study  to characterize  the  street  canyon impact.^?/  Data
collected  from  carbon monoxide  monitors  at  various  heights above
the street were  used to determine the pollutant  concentration
indices.    Although  it is  recognized that mathematical  models are

-------
                                  96
 valuable  tools  when  trying  to analyze  pollutant  dispersion,  the
 Aerospace approach is more appropriate when trying  to study general
 trends and situations.  By  not  relying  on such assumptions as
 constant building height  and wind velocity  this study relates more
 directly to  everyday  conditions.   Their  results,  modified to
 reflect  the standardizing assumptions  mentioned earlier,25/ are in
 Table  V-13.   The  traffic count for the street canyon scenario was
 936 vehicles per hour.

     A  special  worst case  scenario was evaluated to  augment  the
 street canyon study.   For this analysis,  it was postulated that 100
 percent  of  the  taxis in Manhattan  (responsible for 40  percent of
 the midtown vehicle miles traveled)^/ together with  25 percent of
 the  remaining  light-duty vehicles were  powered by dies el engines
 emitting particulate  at the rate  of  1.0 grams per mile.   A rush
 hour  traffic  density  of 2,400 vehicles  per hour  was  assumed.

     Using  these  inputs  to  the Aerospace  street   canyon  study,  a
 predicted yearly  24-hour maximum concentration of  250  micrograms
 per  cubic meter  is  obtained for  a  height  of 1.8  meters above  the
 street.   The  corresponding annual  geometric mean  under  these
 conditions  is  83  micrograms per  cubic meter.   No heavy-duty  ve-
 hicles were considered in obtaining  these concentrations.

     General Motors  performed a similar Manhattan  analysis using a
 mathematical simulation of  street canyon  dispersion.24/  They
 assumed a traffic  density of  3,000 vehicles  per hour,  60 percent of
 which  were  light-duty  diesels  emitting  1.0 grams per  mile.   An
 expected 1-hour concentration of 127 micrograms per cubic meter and
 a 24-hour average of  71 micrograms  per cubic meter were reported.

     When determining the potential impact  of a particular concen-
 tration, it  is important to  consider the  length of time people will
 be exposed to  that level of  pollutant.  People who live and work in
 downtown areas  (characterized  by  the  9.1  and  27.4 meter  receptor
heights) will  be exposed for longer periods of time than those  who
 are merely shopping  (pedestrians).   The impact  to  those  living  and
working  in the downtown area is, therefore, greater than  the
 pedestrian impact  under  the  conditions  of this study.

     In assessing  the localized impact from diesels,  it  is benefi-
cial to  compare  predicted concentrations  to  the  National Ambient
Air Quality Standards for particulate.   The primary  standards  are
 75 micrograms  per  cubic  meter for an annual geometric  mean and  260
micrograms  per cubic meter for a maximum 24-hour concentration  not
 to be exceeded more  than once  a  year.

     Due  to the  highly-specialized nature  of the  on-expressway
 study (designed to represent a worst case meteorology),  no compar-
 isons of  its'  maximum 65.1-100.9 microgram per cubic  meter  diesel
particulate levels  to  the  standards  will be made.   Conditions

-------
                                   97
                            Table V-13

                 Expected Street Canyon Concentrations
                 	(micrograms per cubic meter)	
1.8 Meters
Above Street

9.1 Meters
Above Street

27.4 Meters
Above Street
Light-Duty
Heavy-Duty

Light-Duty
Heavy-Duty

Light-Duty
Heavy-Duty
24-hour Max

17.3 - 28.7
13.3 - 18.7
13.9
10.7

 8.3
 6.4
23.2
15.1

13.9
 9.0
Annual Geo. Mean

     5.7 - 9.6
     4.4 - 6.2

     4.6 - 7.7
     3.6 - 5.0

     2.8 - 4.6
     2.1 - 3.0

-------
                                  98
favorable  for  such  levels will  occur  less than  15%  of  the time.
However, it would be useful  to note  that  commuters could be exposed
to these levels for  2 hours  per day  or more.

     Approximately 30 meters  from  the  roadway,  diesel particulate
will constitute  16.5-25.6%  of the  24-hour standard and 19.1-29.6%
of the annual standard.   At  the 91 meter  distance, diesel contribu-
tions represent  10.8-16.7%  of the  24-hour standard and 12.5-19.2%
of  the  annual  standard.  It  is important to  remember that these
numbers reflect the contribution from a single roadway and, there-
fore, do not  consider background levels  from other nearby streets
and highways.

     In the  street  canyon,  at  the  1.8  meter height,  diesels  are
responsible for 11.8-18.2% of  the 24-hour  maximum  and  13.5-21.1% of
the annual standard.  At a height of  9.1 meters the percentages are
9.5-14.7% for the 24-hour case and 10.9-16.9% for the  annual case.
The worst case Manhattan street canyon projected concentrations for
light-duty diesels exceed the annual geometric mean standard by 11
percent and account  for 96 percent of the  maximum  24-hour standard.

     These analyses  clearly  indicate that uncontrolled light-duty
diesel  particulate emission levels would have  significant  air
quality impacts on  areas  surrounding busy  streets and  expressways.
These  localized  impacts would be  in  addition  to the  regional
impacts  analyzed  in  the  previous  section and  would  make  it  ex-
tremely difficult  for  some  such areas   to comply with  the NAAQS
standards for TSP.  The health effects consequences on persons who
live, work,  and travel  in  such  areas  would be  even greater than
those expected based on TSP  impacts,  since the small size of diesel
particulate makes it especially hazardous  to human health.

E.   Air Quality Impact of Regulation

     The promulgation  of  a  0.6 g/mi (0.37 g/km)  light-duty diesel
particulate standard  in  1982  and the  lowering  of  this standard to
0.2  g/mi  (0.12 g/km)  in  1985  will  markedly  reduce both emissions
from these vehicles and their impact on air quality.   Beginning in
1982,  particulate  emissions from  new  light-duty diesels  will
decrease 40%  from what would have been  the  uncontrolled  level of
1.0  g/mi  (0.62 g/km).   Beginning  in  1985, emissions  from new
diesels will be reduced 80%  from uncontrolled  levels.   However even
after implementation  of  the 1985 standard, diesel-powered vehicles
will still be  emitting  approximately 15 times the amount of parti-
culate  emitted by  gasoline-powered  vehicles  equipped  with cata-
lysts.  Thus,  even  though the proposed reductions are  significant,
they do not  require the  diesel to perform as well as  the catalyst-
equipped  gasoline engine with   respect   to particulate emissions.

     These  reductions  are  from new vehicles  only.  Those sold
before 1982 and 1985 that are  still  operating will continue to emit

-------
                                  99
particulate at their previous level.   ThuSj  because  this regulation
only affects new vehicles, some time  is  needed  for the  in—ase  fleet
to  change  over  before the  impact  of  the regulation can reach  its
full  potential.    By  1990,   particulate  emissions  from light-duty
diesels will  be  reduced  74%, from 152,000-253,000 metric  tons  per
year  nationwide  to 40,000-66,000  metric tons per year nationwide.
Urban  emissions  will  similarly  be  reduced by  74%,  from 84,000-
141,000 metric tons per year to 22,000-37,000 metric  tons per  year.

     As was mentioned  earlier, uncontrolled light-duty diesels  are
projected  to  be  a  significant source  of particulate emissions by
1990.   In  terms  of projected reduction  potential, however, light-
duty diesels may be even  more  significant.  The  annual particulate
emission reductions available  from light-duty diesels  are actually
close  to  the  total annual  emissions  from some  entire industries,
such as the  iron  and  steel  industry  (see Table  V-7).  Also,  while
further reductions  in stationary  source emissions can be expected
to mitigate future increases in emissions due to  industrial growth,
they  cannot  be  expected  to significantly  reduce  total  emissions
from current levels, making  reductions  from  light-duty  diesels  even
more necessary.

     More  importantly, the  air quality  impact of light-duty diesel
particulate emissions will  also be reduced  by  74% in  1990.   Table
V-14  shows  the ambient  levels  both before and  after regulation of
15  cities  having  a population  of over  500,000  people.   The  data
have  been  taken  from  Tables V-9  and V-10  and  the  full  range  has
been used when more than  one estimate is  available.  These impacts
should be indicative of neighborhood  or  larger  scale  impacts in the
cities mentioned.   Any monitors modeled by  PEDCo (Table V-9)  which
did  not  meet EPA's  criteria  for the minimum distance  from  the
roadway were  excluded from  Table  V-14.   As can be seen, ambient
particulate levels  from light-duty diesels  will be reduced by
1.1-1.9  micrograms  per  cubic meter  in Kansas City to  4.0-8.4
micrograms per cubic meter  in Los Angeles and Dallas.  This reduc-
tion should aid  the majority of these cities in meeting the primary
NAAQS for TSP.

     The impact  of  this regulation on particulate levels in local-
ized  areas  of particularly  high  concentrations  is  also  signifi-
cant.   Table V-15 presents an  overview  of  this  impact.    (All
concentrations refer  to light-duty diesel contributions only.)  On
the  expressway  the diesel  particulate  level will  drop from  36.7-
61.1 micrograms  per cubic  meter  to  9.5-15.9  micrograras  per  cubic
meter for  the 2.06 meter  per second  wind speed  - 2.75° worst  case
scenario.   At  a  distance  of  approximately  30 meters  from  the
roadway, the  maximum  24-hour  particulate  levels are  reduced  from
24.2-40.3  to  6.3-10.5 micrograms  per cubic  meter.  This reduction
in  the  light-duty diesel  particulate  levels  will benefit   such
people as service station  operators who  spend large  amounts of time
near  roadways.   People residing  approximately  9 meters  above  the

-------
                       100
                 Table V-14

Large-Scale Air Quality Impact on Regulation of
    Light-Duty Diesel Particulate Emissions
Light-Duty Diesel Ambient
Particulate Level
Population
Category City
Over 1 New York
Million Los Angeles
Chicago
Philadelphia
Houston
Detroit
500,000 to Dallas
1,000,000 New Orleans
Boston
Denver
Pittsburgh
San Diego
Phoenix
St. Louis
Kansas City, MO
micrograms per cubic meter
Uncontrolled Regulated
2.0 -
5.4 -
3.0 -
2.6 -
4.4 -
2.1 -
6.4 -
2.2 -
1.9 -
2.0 -
1.8 -
2.4 -
4.4 -
2.5 -
1.5 -
4.8
11.3
10.7
4.4
7.5
3.5
10.8
3.8
3.3
3.4
3.0
4.0
7.5
4.2
2.5
0.5 -
1.4 -
0.8 -
0.7 -
1.1 -
0.5 -
1.7 -
0.6 -
0.5 -
0.5 -
0.5 -
0..6 -
1.1 -
0.6 -
0.4 -
1.2
2.9
2.8
1.1
1.9
0.9
2.8
1.0
0.9
0.9
0.8
1.0
1.9
1.1
0.6

-------
                                       101
                                 Table  V-15

                 Light-Duty  Diesel  Particulate  Levels  With  and
               Without  Regulation  (micrograms  per  cubic  meter)
                              On-Expressway

                 2.06 m/sec wind    2.06 m/sec
                 speed at  2.75"*    at  25.25°

Without Control   36.7 - 61.1      23.3 -  38.8

With Control       9.5 - 15.9       6.1 -  10.1

                              Off-Expressway

                 30 Meters from Road
                 8.3 m/sec
                 at 2.75"

                26.5 - 44.2

                 6.9 - 11.5
         8.3 m/sec
         at 25.25°

         7.7 - 12.9

         2.0 -  3.4
                   91 Meters from Road
24-Hour Max. Annual Geo. Mean 24-Hour Max. Annual Geo. Mean
Without
Control
With
Control
Without
Control
With
Control
24.2 - 40.3 8.1 - 13.4
6.3 -10.5 2.1 -
Street
1-8 Meters Above Street
24-Hour Annual
Max. Geo. Mean
17.3-28.7 5.7-9.6
4.5- 7.5 1.5-2.5
3.5
Canyon
9.1 Meters
24-Hour
Max.
13.9-23.2
3.6- 6.0
15.8 - 26.3 5.3 - 8.7
4.1 - 6.8 1.4 - 2.3
Above Street 27.4 Meters
Annual 24-Hour
Geo. Mean Max.
4.6-7.7 8.3-13.9
1.2-2.0 2.2- 3.6

Above Street
Annual
Geo. Mean
2.8-4.6
0.7-1.2
                    Worst Case Manhattan Street Canyon**
                          1.8 Meters Above Street
Without Control

With Control
24-Hour Max.

  250

   65
Annual Geo. Mean

      83

      22
*   Wind road angle.
**
    Diesels comprise 100 percent of the  taxi  fleet  (40  percent  of  the  total
    VMT) and comprise 25 percent of the  remaining  light-duty VMT.

-------
                                  102
street  will witness reductions in  the  24-hour maximum diesel
particulate concentration  from  13.9-23.2 micrograms per cubic  meter
to 3.6-6.0 micrograms per  cubic  meter.   The worst  case  Manhattan
street canyon scenario concentration  will  be  reduced  from 83  to  22
micrograms per cubic  meter  for the  1.8-meter height on  an  annual
geometric mean basis.   The corresponding 24-hour maximum will  be
reduced from 250  to  65 micrograms  per  cubic meter.

     In summary,  particulate emissions from light-duty diesels will
be reduced  by  74% by 1990,  from 152,000-253,000 metric  tons  per
year  to 40,000-66,000  metric tons  per  year.   The  air quality
impacts will also be  reduced by  74%  in  1990, with regional  reduc-
tions  in large metropolitan  areas  varying between 1.1 and  8.4
micrograms  per  cubic meter,  and localized  reductions   near  busy
streets  and  expressways  varying between  3.9-6.4 micrograras  per
cubic meter  (91 meters  from  expressway,  annual  geometric mean)  to
27.2-45.2 micrograms  per  cubic meter (on  expressway,  2.06  meters
per second wind speed at  an  angle of 2.75 degrees from the  road).
Clearly  these  reductions  are  very  significant and  would greatly
increase  the chances  of  urban  air quality regions  to  comply with
the NAAQS for total  suspended particulate.

F.   Secondary Environmental  Impacts of Regulations

     Five  potential  secondary  areas  of impact  will  be   discussed:
energy, noise, safety, waste,  and water pollution.  No significant
impact is expected in any  of  these areas.

     The  control  technology expected  to  be used  to  meet both the
1982  and  1985  standards does  not appear to affect  fuel economy,
either positively or  negatively.  Thus,  there  should be no  impact
on the  nation's  energy  resources.   Similarly,  this  control tech-
nology should not significantly affect engine noise.

     There are potential  safety implications  connected with the use
of a trap-oxidizer.   It  is  possible  that the  trap-oxidizer could be
damaged by extreme temperatures if too much particulate was capture
before burn  off.   Any design  of a  device like  this  will have to
adequately ensure that an accidental  occurrence such as  this would
not affect vehicle safety.                                •

     It  is  also possible that  these regulations could have an
impact on solid waste and water  pollution.   While disposable traps
are not  envisioned  as a  likely control  technology,  if  they were
used  to  collect  the  particulate emissions,  these traps would need
Co be discarded into the garbage, or  burned.  If  discarded into the
garbage  and used as land fill, some of  the  chemical  compounds
present  in  diesel  particulate  could  seep into the ground and
pollute  the ground water.   This  should not  be more  difficult
to solve than the  current problem of disposing of used  engine
lubricating  oil.  Assuming a typical  diesel  engine oil replacement

-------
                                 103
period of 3jOOO miles, (4800 km), a 4-liter engine capacity and an
oil having  a specific gravity  of  0.9, 3.6 kilograms  (kg)  of oil
must be disposed of every 3000 miles.   If  a  trap collected 0.4 g/mi
(0.25 g/km), this would produce  1.2  kg  of  particulate plus the trap
every  3000  miles.   Since the  engine  oil  actually  contains  some
particulate from the cylinder and  is  essentially all  organic
matter, while the majority of  the particulate matter  is carbon, the
traps should be less of  an environmental problem than the existing
oil disposal problem.

-------
                                 104
                             References

 I/  "Airborne Particles," National Academy  of Sciences,  November
1777,  EPA-600/1-77-053.

 II  Miller, Frederick J., et.  al.,  "Size  Considerations for
ETtablishing a Standard for Inhalable Particles,"  JAPCA,  Vol. 29,
No. 6,  June  1979, pp. 610-615.

 3/   Groblicki,  P.J.,  and C.R.  Begeman,  "Particle  Size  Variation
in Diesel Car Exhaust," SAE 790421.

 4/  Schreck, Richard M.,  et.al., "Characterization of Diesel
Exhaust  Particulate  Under Different  Engine  Load Conditions,"
Presented at  71st  Annual  Meeting  of  APCA,  June  25-30,  1978.

 5/  Hare,  Charles  T.  and Thomas  M. Baines,  "Characterization  of
pTrticulate  and Gaseous Emissions  from  Two  Diesel Automobiles  as
Functions of Fuel and Driving Cycle," SAE 790424.

 6/  Braddock, James N.  and Peter  A.  Gabele,  "Emission Patterns  of
DTe s el-Powered Passenger Cars - Part II," SAE  770168.

 7/  Huisingh, J.,  et.al., "Application  of Bioassay to the Charac-
tTrization  of Diesel Particulate Emissions," presented at the
Symposium on  Application  of  Short-Term Bioassays in the Fraction-
ation and Analysis of Complex Environmental Mixtures, Williamsburg,
VA, February 21-23,  1978.

 8/  Barth,  D. S., and Blacker, S. M., "EPA's  Program to Assess the
 Public Health Significance of  Diesel Emissions," Presented at the
 APCA National Meeting, June  28, 1979.

 9/   "National Air Quality and  Emissions  Trends  Report,   1975,"
     , OAWM, EPA, November 1976, EPA-450/ 1-76-002.
      "National  Air Quality,  Monitoring,  and Emissions  Trends
Report,  1977"  OAQPS,  OAWM,  EPA, December  1978,  EPA-450/ 2- 78-052.

Hi   "National  Air  Quality and Emissions  Trends  Report,  1976,"
OAQPS, OAWM, EPA, December 1977, EPA-450/1-77-002.

12 1   Danielson,  Eugene,  "Particulate  Measurement - Light-Duty
pTesel  Particulate  Baseline  Test Results," Technical  Support
Deport, EPA, January  1979, SDSB  79-03.

j_3/   "Summary  and Analysis  of  Comments,  Light-Duty Diesel  Partic-
      Regulations," OMSAPC,  EPA, October 1979.
      Transcript  of  the Public Hearing on Proposed  Particulate
       on Standards  for Light-Duty  Diesel Vehicles,  EPA,  March
 J9-20, 1979.

-------
                                   105
157   "Proposed  Gaseous  Emission  Regulations  for  1983  and Later
Model Year Heavy-Duty Engines: Draft  Regulatory Analysis,"  OMSAPC,
EPA, December 8, 1978.

16/   "Study  of Particulate Emissions from Motor Vehicles,"  Report
to Congress.

17/   "Assessment of  Environmental Impacts  of  Light-Duty  Vehicle
Dieselization," Aerospace Corp.  for DOT,  March  1979.

18/   "Air Quality Assessment of  Particulate  Emissions  from  Diesel-
Powered Vehicles,"  PEDCo Environmental  Inc.  for  EPA,  March 1978,
Contract #68-02-2515,  Task #17.

19/   "Mobile  Source Emission Factors," EPA,  March  1978,  EPA-400/9-
78-005.

207   "The  Impact  of Future Diesel Emissions on the Air  Quality  of
Large  Cities,"  PEDCo Environmental for the  EPA, Contract  No.
68-02-2585,  February 1979.

21/   Reiser,  Daniel, "Regional  Air Quality  Impacts  of  Diesel
Particulate Emissions,"  EPA,  November 1979,  SDSB 79-30.

22/   "General  Motors' Response  to EPA NPRM  on Particulate  Regula-
tion for Light-Duty  Diesel Vehicles," April  19,  1979.

237  40 CFR, Part 60, "Standards  of  Performance for New  Stationary
Sources," Appendix C (FRL 907-11).

24/   Rykowski,  Richard A.,  "Relative Impact  of CO and Particulate
on Air Quality," EPA Memorandum  to Robert E. Maxwell,  Chief, SDSB,
November 5,  1979.

257  Atkinson, R. Dwight, "Localized  Air Quality Impacts  of Diesel
Particulate Emissions,"  EPA,  November 1979,  SDSB 79-31.

267   Chock,  David P.,  "A  Simple Line-Source Model for  Dispersion
Near  Roadways," Atmospheric  Environment,  Vol.  12,  pp. 823-829,
1979.

277   "Air  Quality  Criteria  for  Carbon Monoxide," Environmental
Health  Service,  Public  Health Service,  Dept.  of  HEW,  March 1970,
AP-62.

28/   "Dispersion of Pollutants  Near  Highways  -  Data Analysis  and
Model Evaluation," Environmental  Sciences Research  Laboratory,  U.S.
EPA, EPA-600/4-79-011,  Feb.  1979.

297   Schwartz,  Sam, Manhattan  Transporation Department, Personal
Communication  with  R.  Dwight Atkinson,  ECTD-EPA,  September   10,
1979.

-------
                                  106



                           CHAPTER VI

                         ECONOMIC IMPACT

     There  is  associated with  nearly  all  emission standards a
cost of  compliance.   In  this chapter,  the costs necessary for
compliance  with  these regulations  are examined and  analyzed.
The primary cost involves  the development and installation of
emission control  technology  and  hardware  on the diesel vehicles.
Lesser  costs are incurred by  the emissions testing  required for EPA
certification,  which  include  the  purchase  of new  instrumentation
and equipment  required  for   the  measurement  of  particulate  emis-
sions.   All of  these  costs  are borne  by the manufacturer, who, in
turn,  passes them on  to the  consumer.    The  manufacturer will also
attempt to  make  a profit  on his  investment  and  this will also be
passed  on to the consumer.   A return on the  manufacturer's invest-
ment is necessary, even if the investment  is for pollution control
equipment.    Finally,  the  consumer also must bear any  additional
operating costs that may result from the proposed  standards.  All
costs presented in the following  sections will be  in  terms of  1979
dollars.

A.   Cost to Vehicle Manufacturers

     1.   Emission Control System Costs

     The technology expected to be used to  meet the  1982 and  1985
particulate emission standards was  discussed  in Chapter IV.
Contrary to EPA's  projections  in  the  draft  Regulatory  Analysis,_!/
vehicle manufacturers  are no longer expected to  use  turbocharging
Co  meet  the 1982 standard.   Instead,   it appears  that  only  minor
combustion  chamber modifications  will be needed  to meet this
initial standard.   To meet  the  1985 standard, all  vehicles  except
Che Volkswagen  Rabbit  are  expected  to require  trap-oxidizers.
It  is  possible  that  some  of these vehicles will  be able   to  use
other techniques  to meet the final standard, such  as  turbocharging
or  other  engine modifications,  but  to  be conservative,  this  eco-
nomic analysis will assume that all  except  the Rabbit will require
crap-oxidizers.

     The actual  combustion chamber modifications  that will be used
co  meet  the 1982 standard are difficult to  identify.   The  light-
duty diesel manufacturers  have been  attempting  to  reduce  the
particulate emissions   from  their  vehicles since  it became evident
cnat EPA was  serious  about   controlling particulate emissions  from
light-duty  diesels.   Some of the resulting modifications will be
introduced  in  1980  with others being  introduced  in 1981  and 1982.
Complicating matters  is  the  fact  that engine modifications  have
also been  introduced to  reduce  hydrocarbon and nitrogen  oxide
emissions.   Some of these modifications have improved  particulate
emissions   while other  have  increased  particulate  emissions.

-------
                                 107
     To simplify matters, the uncontrolled baseline will be taken
to  be  the  1978-1979  model  years,  which  followed so closely after
the  Clean  Air Act Amendments of 1977  that  no modifications to
reduce particulate  emissions  could have  been made.  From that time
to  the 1982 model year,  no manufacturer is  expected  to  add  any
control hardware to  reduce  particulate  emissions. All that should
be  required are modifications  to  the existing designs  of  the
engine.  As such,  the only costs  resulting should be those related
to  research,  development,  and retooling.   These  costs  have been
estimated to be  $10 per vehicle averaged over  all light-duty diesel
sales  between 1981 and  1983.2j   Due to delaying the standards to
1982  and 1985,  the  appropriate  averaging  period would  be  the
1982-1984  model years.   As  three  model years are involved in
both  cases, the $10 per vehicle cost  should be appropriate in
either case.

     Beginning  in  1985, EPA estimates  (for economic  purposes)
that.all vehicles except  the Volkswagen Rabbit will  require a
trap-oxidizer.   The  expected costs  of  trap-oxidizer  systems  for
various engine  sizes  are  shown in Table  VI-1.2/  The costs decrease
with time because the accumulated production volumes are  increasing
with  time.    A  12  percent learning curve was  assumed  to apply  for
the first five years  of trap-oxidizer production, which means that
the  cost was reduced  by 12  percent  each time the accumulated
production  doubled.  The  fleet-wide average costs include  the
sales-weighted  effect of  small  producers,  whose small  production
volumes can lead to very high costs.   It  was conservatively assumed
that  each  manufacturer would manufacture  its own trap-oxidizers.
As can be seen  from Table VI-1, the costs for  the smallest manufac-
turer of light-duty  diesels  could  be over two  and a half times the
fleet-average  cost.   With these kinds  of economics,  it  would seem
likely that  these  small  manufacturers  would  purchase their trap-
oxidizers  from an outside  supplier to  take advantage of lower
production  costs.  Therefore,  these high costs should never occur.
However,  they  are shown here to indicate what  would happen if these
small  manufacturers were forced to  produce their own  control
systems.

     The average costs  for  each year are also  shown in Table VI-1.
They were calculated by  simply taking  the  arithmetic  mean  of  the
costs  for  the three engine  sizes.   It was  assumed that  in  the
timeframe in  question,  the  production  of 4-,  6-,  and  8-cylinder
engines would be roughly  equal and that  this  simple averaging would
suffice. 2/   As  can be  seen,  the fleet-wide  average cost  is  ex-
pected to be $189-$224 per  vehicle  in  1985  and drop to $128-$152
per vehicle  by  1989.

     The original  calculation  of these  costs  assumed that  the
second  standard would  be implemented for  the 1984 model year
and covered the five-year  period between  1984 and 1988.2J   As
we are now  interested in the period 1985  tnrough  1989, the original

-------
                                    108
                               Table VI-1

               Estimated Costs of Trap-Oxidizer Systems
                   at Predicted Production Volumes 2/
                                         Largest         Smallest
          # of Engine    Fleetwide     Manufacturer    Manufacturer
           Cylinders      Average          (GM)           (IHC)

1985           4          153-190        133-165
               6          184-220        160-191
               8          229-263        199-228         469-556
              Ave.        189-224        164-195           	

1986           4          132-164        115-142
               6          159-189        139-165
               8          197-227        171-197         413-490
              Ave.        163-193        142-168           	

1987           4          119-147        104-129
               6          144-170        125-149
               8          178-204        156-179         375-444
              Ave.        147-174        128-152           	

1988           4          110-136         96-118
               6          131-157        115-138
               8          164-188        144-165         348-413
              Ave.        135-160        118-140

1989            4         104-128         90-111
                6         125-149        109-130           	
                8         155-179        136-155         326-387
              Ave.        128-152        112-132           	

-------
                                 109
 costs  have been  simply  delayed   ne year.   For example, what was
 originally  the fleet-wide average  cost  in 1984,  $189-224,  is now
 taken  to  be  the  same  cost in 1985.   This is an approximation which
 results  in marginally higher costs, since the  production in every
 subsequent  year is  higher  than  the  preceding  year  and costs
 decrease  with  increasing production.   However, because  production
 is  only  increasing  10-25 percent  per year during this period, the
 costs  shown  in Table  VI-1 should only be  around 2-4  percent high,
 which  is within the general error of cost estimating.

     A  range  of  costs  is shown in  Table  VI-1 because  the actual
 components  which  will  comprise  a  trap-oxidizer can  be variable.
 The  cost  of  two  different systems  have been included  in the above
 range.   The  simpler   system  includes  a  trap,  exhaust  insulating
 features  and  a throttle with simple electro-mechanical  control to
 periodically  raise the  exhaust  temperature.  The  more  complex
 system consists  of  a trap, exhaust  insulating  features and a
 complex electronic-control  unit  using  a number of sensors to
 control a  throttle  on the intake air.   A  more  detailed  discussion
 of both the systems  involved can be  found elsewhere.2/

     The Volkswagen Rabbits are  expected  to meet the final standard
 with further modifications to the engine at a  similar cost  to  that
 of  meeting the  1985  standard,  $10  per  vehicle.    All  light-duty
 diesels built  after 1985  are expected to retain the engine  modifi-
 cations of  the earlier years.   However,  these  modifications shall
 carry  no  cost  since the  research, development,  and retooling costs
 shall have been paid for during  the  two previous years.

     2.   Certification Costs
     Certification is the process that a vehicle manufacturer must
go through to demonstrate to EPA that  its vehicles are designed to
meet  emission  standards  over a predetermined  useful  life.   A
manufacturer must first submit an application for certification to
EPA.  Then the vehicle in question undergoes two types of testing.
The first type of  testing  is a durability test.  This test covers
50,000 miles  (80,500 km) of  driving  during which  the  vehicle  is
tested for emissions every 5,000 miles (8,050 km).  The durability
test is used to determine the function between emission levels and
accumulated  mileage.  The data  from  a durability  test of a single
vehicle type  may  then be  used  to characterize the  durability  of
other slightly  different  vehicles within  that  engine  family ex-
pected to have similar emission  deterioration.

     The second type  of  test,  an emission-data  test,  is performed
to determine the  level  of emissions from  the various  vehicles
in each  family.    This  test  is  performed after  each  vehicle has
been driven  4,000  miles  (6440 km).    The  emission level at 50,000
miles  is  then  determined  by  multiplying  the  emission-data  test

-------
                                 110
results by  the  deterioration factor  derived  from the  durability
test vehicle.   There  will  typically  be three  to  five  emission-data
tests  run  for  every  durability  test  performed.   This  allows the
emissions  of up  to  five different vehicles to be  determined without
the cost  of running five durability tests.

     If a manufacturer does not change its engine or vehicle  design
significantly  from one year  to  the  next, it may  request that EPA
"carryover" the emission  test results from the year  before  to the
current year.   In this way,  the  manufacturer can obtain certifica-
tion without repeating the  process  needlessly,  assuming that the
emission  standards  have not  been reduced  to  a level below  the past
year's  emission  results.

     In the case of these  particulate  regulations the standard will
become  effective  in  the   1982 model  year.   Normally,  this  would
prevent  any carryover of  the  previous year's  testing  because
particulate emissions were not being measured  in the previous
year.  However,  in this case, the option  is being made available  to
measure  particulate  emissions  during  1981  certification  so that
carryover can be a possibility.   As  the  standard  for NOx  is being
reduced in 1981, most vehicles are expected to have to recertify  in
1981.  Certification  to the 1982 particulate standard in 1981 is a
real possibility  since all manufacturers  were expected  to be able
to  meet  the 0.6  g/mi  (0.37  g/km)  standard  in  1981.   A  one-year
delay  was  made  because the promulgation date of  the standard was
too  late to require all  manufacturers  to  certify all of  their
vehicles   in time  for the  start  of  the  1981  model year.  However,
there  should be time for  manufacturers  to  certify  most  of their
vehicles   for particulate  emissions  in 1981,  if they so choose.   It
is  possible that  this  regulation  will require  very few additional
certification  tests in  1982,  or that  it will  require all that
normally  would  be  required  by  a new  standard,  because no  one  was
able to  take  advantage  of the  option of certifying  in 1981.  The
first  situation would result in nearly no 1982 certification costs
being  due to  this regulation.   The  second  would  result in nearly
all  1982  certification costs of  light-duty diesels  being  due  to
this regulation.   However,  there  are  always  new models  being
introduced and  significant changes occurring with others that
require recertif ication regardless of  emission standards changing.
This will be particularly true  for  light-duty diesels, because  the
growth in sales expected during this timeframe  will include many
new models.  Thus, it will be estimated that  30  percent  of the 1982
certification costs will  result  from  new  or modified models  and at
     70 percent will  be due to this  regulation.
     It  is estimated  that  a  durability  test will cost  about
 $168,000  to perform while an emission-data test will  cost  $23,000.
 3/   Of these  costs,  3.5% result from actual testing while the
•r"est  is  due  to vehicle use  and mileage  accumulation.  Table VI-2
 shows  the number  of successful  tests  each manufacturer is  expected

-------
                                   Ill
                              Table VI-2

                    Light-Duty Diesel Certification
                        Test Costs for MY 1982

                         Estimated Number                 Estimated Number
Manufacturer          of Durability Vehicles \J       of  Emission Data Vehicles

General Motors                   6                              18

Volkswagen                       3                               8

Daimler-Benz                     3                               9

Peugeot                          1                               3

International Harvester          1                               3

Others                          _8                              _23_

                                22                              64
Cost per Vehicle Tested 2/    $  169,000                 $    23,000
Total Cost 2/                 $3,790,000                 $1,500,000
Cost Due to Particu-
   late Regulation
        Maximum  V           $2,653,000                 $1,050,000
        Minimum  5/           $0                         SO
_!/  Approximately equal to number of Engine  Families.

2J  Hardin,  Daniel  P.,  Jr.,  "Light-Duty  Vehicle Certification
    Cost",  EPA Memorandum to  Edmund J. Brune,  March  13,  1975.
    Adjusted to 1979 dollars using  an annual  inflation rate of 8%.

_3_/  A  factor  of  1.55 has been  applied  to  3.5% of the test costs,
    which is due to  actual emission  testing,  to account  for voided
    tests and retests.

_4/  Includes  a factor of 0.7  to account  for those  tests  which
    would have occurred without  these regulations  on new  models and
    models which were significantly modified.

5/  Assumes all vehicles  were  able  to certify  in 1981  and obtain
    carryover.

-------
                                 112
to perfor  on light-duty diesels and the associated costs.   All of
the  costs  in this section  are  stated  in 1979 dollars.   Based on
current EPA  experience  in  testing  light-duty  diesels  for  gaseous
emissions,  a void rate of 20%  on  such tests  is  typical.   This
rate is expected  to  decrease  in the future  as experience with the
diesel procedure  increases.  When other disqualifiers are included
(e.g., manufacturer and administrative errors, lack of correlation
with previous tests,  etc.),  the overall retest rate becomes about
50%. The  addition of  a  particulate  measurement system is expected
to increase  this  retest rate  by 5%, or to an overall rate of 55%.
This factor has been included in calculating the total costs shown
in Table VI-2.

     The total cost of  1982 certification due to these regulations
is estimated  to be  $0-3.7  million.   No additional costs  due to an
inability to  carryover  should occur in 1983  and  1984 because the
particulate standard will not change.  Certification costs  in  1983
and  1984 will  increase  slightly,  though,  due  to the need for
increased personnel  requirements  and the  increased number of void
tests  due  to particulate testing.   It  is  estimated that the
additional requirement  of  particulate measurement will require one
additional technician to be present  for three  hours  per test.  This
time period  includes  the weighing of the  particulate  filter.
Assuming the  number  of  tests  decreases 30%, due to a carryover of
50%  o£  the  1982 models plus  20% additional new engines  and  model
lines, and  a  cost of $25 per hour  for  technicians,  the  additional
cost in 1983  and  1984 is  $23,000  per year for the  entire industry.
The  5%  increase in  retest  rate amounts to  about 15 extra emission
tests per year or  about $6,000 per year.^/   Thus, the  total  cost of
1983 and 1984 certification due to these regulations  is $29,000 per
year.

     The  result  for  the  1985  standard is  slightly different  than
that for the  1982 standard.   The  presence of  a reduced particulate
standard will prevent  carryover for most light-duty  diesels  where
it might have taken  place  since federal gaseous standards  are not
expected to change in 1985 for these vehicles.  It  would  be  reason-
able to expect the number of engine  families and models to increase
about  30% between 1982  and 1985, since total  diesel  production is
expected  to  increase in  that  timeframe.    One-third  of  .these new
models should arrive  in 1983,  one-third in 1984, and one-third in
1985.   Those that  arrive in  1985 would  not have  been  able to
carryover from  1984,  even without particulate regulations,  because
they will be brand new models.  Thus,  the  cost  of  1985  certifica-
tion of the  new models  in  1985 should  not be  counted against these
regulations.  To  account  for the new models  of  1983  and  1984, the
maximum 1982  certification costs should be increased by 20%.   It is
also  expected that  with increased  experience, the  basic void rate
Of  light-duty diesel emissions testing (before particulate  testing)
should  decrease.   This  decrease is assumed  to be about 10%,  re-
ducing the overall retest rate to 45% from 55%.  It is assumed that

-------
                                    113
 this  will  occur in  time  for  1984  testing.   Taking these factors
 into  account,  1985  certification  costs  due  to  these regulations
 will  be  about $4.4 million.  The  additional costs of certification
 in  future  years  due to the  1985  standard  should be about $34,000
 per year.

      The  addition  of  particulate  standards  is not expected to
 increase  the number  of  Selective  Enforcement   Audit  (SEA)  tests
 performed  on light-duty  diesels.   These vehicles  can  already be
 audited for compliance with gaseous  emission standards.  There will
 be an increase  in the cost of  these  tests, however, due to both an
 increase in the number of  voided  tests  and an  increase in number of
 personnel needed to  perform  each  test.   Currently about  40 light-
 duty  engine families are audited  each year, with  about ten vehicles
 being tested in  each  audit._4/   Each  test  is  expected  to  cost
 about  $400  (1979).2/   Roughly assuming  that  10% of  these engine
 families will  be diesels  and  using the  above   estimates  for  the
 increase  in  voided  tests and test  personnel due  to particulate
 measurement,  the increased cost of SEA testing due to diesels will
 be $4,000 per year.

      3.   Test Facility Modifications

      The  light-duty  diesel  particulate  regulations  will  require
 that  manufacturers  purchase  new  equipment to modify existing
 emission test cells  to  allow the measurement  of particulate emis-
 sions.  EPA estimates that it will cost approximately $55,000 plus
 $30,000  for  a  filter weighing  system to modify  each  test  cell._2/
 A breakdown of  this cost  is  shown in  Table VI-3.   Using  this
 estimate,  the  total cost  to  industry  will be $4,065,000.  The
 distribution  of this cost among the various manufacturers is shown
 in Table VI-4.   The  estimated  number of  test  cells and facilities
 includes those required for SEA testing.

 B.    Costs to Users  of Light-Duty  Diesels

      Purchasers  of  light-duty  diesels  initially will have  to pay
 for the  costs  of any emission control equipment  used  to meet the
 particulate emission standards plus  the  cost  of certification and
 SEA which  includes  the  cost  of new particulate  measurement equip-
ment.    The vehicle  manufacturers  pass  on these  costs  to the pur-
 chaser  by  increasing  the "first  cost" or sticker price  of the
 vehic  le.

     To calculate these costs,  an estimate  of the number of light-
duty  diesels  which  will be sold  each year  is needed.   EPA's best
 estimate of  diesel  penetration  can  be  found  in the Summary  and
Analysis of  Comments  to the  proposed regulation.^/   This estimate
 is reproduced here  in  Table  VI-5.   The  estimates  of  total light-
 duty  sales were determined by  taking 1978  sales  of light-duty
vehicles and  light-dut-y  trucks,   and  using  a  2% per year  growth

-------
                                   114
                            Table  VI-3

         Costs  of  Modifying  an  Emissions  Test  Cell  for  the
               Measurement of Particulate Emissions
Item
600 CFM PDP-CVS
18" Dilution Tunnel
Particulate Sample System
Cost Per Cell:
Microgram Balance
Weighing Chamber
Additional Cost Per Test Facility:
Table VI-4
Certification and SEA Test-Equipment Modification
Costs by Manufacturer
Estimated Number Estimated Number
Manufacturer of Modified Cells of Facilities
General Motors 24 13
Volkswagen 8 4
Daimler-Benz 6 3
Peugeot 2 2
International Harvester 2 1
Others 15 8
Total: 57 31
Cost
$38,000
10,000
7,000
$55,000
$10,000
20,000
$30,000

Total Cost I/
$1,710,000
560,000
420,000
170,000
140,000
1,065,000
$4,065,000
\l  Based on $55,000 per cell modification and $30,000 per laboratory.

-------
                          115
                  Table VI-5

Year-by-Year Projections of the Diesel Fraction
          of Light-Duty Vehicle Sales 2/
Model Year
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
Diesel
Fraction (%)
4.7%
7.5%
8.9%
9.5%
11.4%
13.8%
16.5%
17.6%
18.7%
19.7%
20%
20%
20%
20%
20%
Total Light-Duty
Diesel Sales
732,000
1,192,000
1,443,000
1,571,000
1,923,000
2,374,000
2,895,000
3,150,000
3,414,000
3,668,000
3,799,000
3,874,000
3,952,000
4,031,000
4,112,000

-------
                                 116
rate.   The  1978  breakdown     sales by manufacturer was assumed to
stay constant  through 1990.   Diesel penetration  rates  were  then
estimated for  each  manufacturer and  combined  to  yield the  diesel
fraction of  total sales.

     The costs  of this regulation  to users of light-duty diesels
can now  be  calculated and  are  shown  in Table VI-6.   The cost of
test equipment modifications were assumed to occur in  1981 and all
certification costs were assumed to occur during the year prior to
that model year.  A  10 percent  discount  rate was used  to  determine
the present  value of all expenditures  in  1979.   These costs  were
then amortized  over  future diesel  production  to  yield a constant
cost per  vehicle (again using  a 10  percent  discount  rate).  All
costs  incurred  through  1983  were  amortized  over  1982-1984  pro-
duction, which are the model years  for which the first standard is
effective.   All later costs  were amortized  over the  next  five years
of production (1985-1989).

     The costs  of vehicle  modifications are  shown  next  in  Table
VI-6;  for 1982-1984  ($10  per vehicle)  and  for 1985 and  on  ($138-
$164 per vehicle).  The latter value is  a sales-weighted average of
the cost for Volkswagen Rabbits  ($10  per vehicle) and  the cost for
all other vehicles ($147-$174 per vehicle averaged  over 1985-1989).

     The users of light-duty diesels  will also have  to pay  for any
increases in the costs of  maintenance  or fuel that  occur because of
this regulation.   No  increases  in maintenance or  fuel  costs  are
expected due  to  the  engine modifications   occuring  in 1982.   The
trap-oxidizer is expected  to require about  $30 worth of maintenance
after the vehicle is 5 years old._2_/ The addition of  a trap-oxidizer
system  is  also expected to reduce  maintenance in two ways.   One,
the system will  include  a stainless  steel  exhaust  pipe which will
eliminate the  normal need  to  replace  it.2/   This  is  expected to
save an average of $36 once during the life"of the  vehicle (at five
years).  Two,  the trap  itself  should  eliminate the  need for either
Che muffler  or  the  resonator.2/  This  also  eliminates the  need  to
replace the muffler  or  resonator,  which  again  occurs once when the
vehicle is five years old and typically costs  $44.   Altogether, the
addition of  a trap-oxidizer should reduce  operating costs  by $50,
which would typically have occurred in the fifth year of "operation.
Discounting back to  the year  of purchase  reduces this  savings  to
$31  per vehicle.  No  fuel  penalty is  expected  from the use  of  a
trap-oxidizer.

     The total cost  to the consumer can  now be simply  added up.
For  the 1982-1984 models,   the users' cost  should  increase  $11-$12
per vehicle.   For the 1985 models, the  cost  of owning and  using  a
light-duty diesel should increase $107-$133 per vehicle.  The range
of  the  latter cost is due to the possibility of different trap-oxi-
dizer  systems being used on different models.  The actual cost paid
by  consumers will fall somewhere between these two costs,  depending

-------
                                    117
                             Table VI-6

                 Cost  to  the  Consumer of Light-Duty Diesel
                 	Particulate Regulations	
Pre-Manufacturing Costs

Test Equipment -  1981
Certification  and SEA -  1981
                      -  1982-1983
                      -  1984
                      -  1985 and on
Total  1981-1983 \J
  Amortized over  1982-1984 Production "If
Total  1984-1988 _!_/
  Amortized over  1985-1989 Product ion _2/

Control Hardware Costs
 1982-1984
 1985 and on  (VW Rabbit)
             (All others) 1985
                         1986
                         1987
                         1988
                         1989
                         (Sales-weighted average)
             (Sales-weighted average
              1984-88)
 Operating Costs

 1982-1984
 1985 and on
   (discounted to year of model)

 Net Cost to  Consumer

 1982-1984
 1985 and on
            $4,065,000
        $0 - 3,707,000
               $33,000
            $4,400,000
               $38,000
$3,407,000 - 6,471,000
        $1-2 per vehicle
            $2,807,000
            $0 per vehicle 3/
            $10 per vehicle
            $10 per vehicle
            $189-224 per vehicle
            $163-193 per vehicle
            $147-174 per vehicle
            $135-160 per vehicle
            $128-152 per vehicle
            $147-174 per vehicle
            $138-164 per vehicle 4/
            $0
           -$50
           -$31
            $11-$12 per vehicle
            $107-133 per vehicle
JY   Discount rate of 10%, present value in 1979 dollars.

2j   Amortization weighted  to result in an equal  cost  per vehicle
     over the years  of  production  cited.   Discount rate assumed to
     be  10%.   Expenses  are  assumed to  occur  on January  1  of the
     given year and revenues are assumed to be received on December
     31 of the given year.

_3_/   Less than $0.45 per vehicle.

kj   Based on 80%  of VW1 s diesel  production being  Rabbits,  42% of
     VW's  production  being  diesel,  11.4% of  fleet sales  being
     diesels  (1985),  VW representing 2,17,  of  light-duty sales and
     he  total diesel  sales  projections  for 1985-89  shown   in
     Table VI-5.

-------
                                 118
on the  complexity  of  the t rap-oxidizer syst.em used on  a  given
mode 1.

C.   Aggregate Costs—1982-1989

     The aggregate  cost  to the  nation of complying  with the 1982
and  1985  light-duty diesel particulate  standards  consists of the
sum of  increased  costs  for new  emission  control devices, new test
equipment,  additional certification  costs,  and changes  in vehicle
fuel consumption and maintenance requirements.   These  costs will be
calculated for two  periods.  First,  the  aggregate cost of  the 1982
standard will be  calculated  for the years for which  that  standard
will be effective,  1982-1984.   Second,  the  cost of  the  1985  stan-
dard will  be  calculated  over a period  of  five years,  1985-1989.
Both aggregate  costs will be presented  in  terms  of  1979  dollars,
present value  in 1985.    The  year  1985  was  chosen  as the present
value reference  point  to coincide with  the implementation date of
the second standard, since most of  the costs  of  the  regulation are
associated with  this standard.    The  aggregate cost  of the 1982
standard  was  also calculated  using  1985 as the present  value
reference point so that  the two  costs could  be additive.

     The aggregate cost to the nation is  dependent  on the number of
light-duty diesels  sold  during  these time periods.   Any  projection
of  this  type  will  by nature be  rough,  due  to the many  social and
economic  factors involved.   The  sales  projections  used will be
those shown in Table VI-5,  plus and minus 25%.  The aggregate cost
to  the  nation  based on  these sales  projections are  shown  in Table
Vl-7.   The per  vehicle  costs  of  the  two emission  standards were
taken from Table VI-6.

     As shown  in Table  VI-7,  the aggregate cost of  the  1982 stan-
dard between 1982 and 1984 will  be $42-76 million (present value  in
1985,  1979 dollars).   The five-year  aggregate cost  of  the  1985
standard will be  $897-1857  million (present  value in  1985,  1979
dollars) between 1985 and  1989.

D.   Socio-Economic Impact:

     1.    Impact on Light-Duty Vehicle Manufacturers

     These  regulations   will  affect  diesel  manufacturers  in  two
ways.   First,  the  manufacturers  will  be required to  modify their
current  test  cells  to  allow for  particulate measurements  and  to
certify their  vehicles  in 1982  and  1985 when otherwise  they would
have  been able  to obtain  carryover.    Secondly,  the addition  of
particulate control hardware including R & D expense will raise  the
initial price of the vehicle and may affect sales.

     Overall,  diesel manufacturers may  have  to spend $7.7 million
(1979  dollars)  by  1982  to  modify  their emission  test  cells  and

-------
                                      119
                                 Table VI-7

                 Aggregate Cost to the Nation of Light-Duty
                 	Diesel Participate Regulations	


                           Per Vehicle
                              Cost         Sales            Aggregate Cost _!_/

  1982 Standard              $11-12     3.2-5.3 million    $42 to 76 million
1982-1984 Model Years

  1985 Standard             $107-133   10.3-17.2 million   $897 to 1857 million
1985-1989 Model Years

       1982-1989 Total:                                    $939 to 1933 million
I/  Present value in 1985,  1979 dollars, 10% discount rate used.

-------
                                  120
certify 1982 model year  vehicles.   A breakdown of these, costs by
manufacturer is  shown  in Table VI-8  (taken  from  Tables VI-2 and
VI-4).  General  Motors  could bear the largest portion  of  this,  $2.7
million.  This should not prove to  be a problem for a company  with
over  $35  billion  in annual  sales and  $2.2 billion  in capital
expenditures (1975). 5J   Volkswagen  may  have  to  spend  $1.0 million,
which again  is  not  troublesome  for a manufacturer of 2.1  million
vehicles worldwide (1976).5/  Daimler-Benz may have  to  spend  $0.9
million in  1981, but  even if all of this was added to the price of
their  1982  U.S. diesel  models,  it would only  amount  to  $32 per
vehicle,  which  is only  about  0.2%  of their sticker  price  (10%
discount  rate).   If Daimler-Benz would spread  the cost  over  5
years, the per vehicle  cost  including 1985 certification  would  only
be $10.  Peugeot and  International Harvester may have  to  spend  more
than  the others, when  compared  on  a  per vehicle  basis,  because of
their relatively  small  sales.  On an absolute  basis,  though,
neither would  be expected to have  a problem raising the  capital
involved.   Thus, while  there is a real cost  involved  in  this  area,
no manufacturer is  expected  to  be adversely affected.

     The second  area of  impact of these regulations on manufac-
turers  occurs  in  the  area  of increased vehicle prices  due to
emission  control  hardware.   Cash  flow problems should  not be
significant  since  the  money  invested   in control  devices  is re-
covered soon after  from the sale  of  controlled  vehicles.  The
sticker price  increase due  to  these  devices,  though, could poten-
tially affect sales.  In  1982,  sticker  prices of light-duty  diesels
are expected to increase  $11-312 per  vehicle.  With current  vehicle
prices ranging between  $5,000  and $23,000, this increase represents
less  than 0.3% of the initial  vehicle price and sales should not be
affected.

      Between 1985  and  1989  projected price  increases are expected
to  average  between  $138  and  $164 per  vehicle.    This  represents
about  1-6%  of  initial  vehicle  prices.   This  real  price  increase
could affect sales  in two ways.   Purchasers  of diesel-powered
vehicles  might  switch  to  gasoline-powered vehicles.   Or  some
purchasers  may  decide  to wait  an  additional year  before buying  a
new diesel.

      It should  be realized  that  the  price  of  a gasoline-powered
vehicle will also  increase  by  1985 due in part to the new  gaseous
emission  standards being implemented in  1980  and  1981.  Using the
same  cost methodology  as  that used for  trap-oxidizers, a three-way
catalyst system  with its larger production  volumes is expected  to
cost  $226._2_/   This,  plus the  cost  of  exhaust  gas  recirculation
(EGR)  and  evaporative  hydrocarbon  control  would  place  the   total
cost  of pollution  control  equipment  on gasoline-fueled  vehicles
around  $240.  The  cost for a  diesel  to  meet  these  gaseous  emission
standards  should be  less  than $30  per vehicle based  on  current
designs of  exhaust  gas  recirculation systems.   Even with the

-------
                                    121
                               Table VI-8

                     Initial  Investment  Required by
                Light-Duty  Diesel  Participate Regulation
Manufacturer

General Motors

Volkswagen

Daimler-Benz

Peugeot

International Harvester

Others 2/
         Cost for Test Cell
Modification and 1981 Certification _!_/

             $2,710,000

              1,044,000

                920,000

                337,000

                307,000

              2,450,000

TOTAL:       $7,768,000
_!/  Present value  in  1981,  1979 dollars.

21  Could include  Ford, Chrysler, AMC,  BMW,  Volvo,  Fiat,  etc.

-------
                                   122
particulate  regulations,  the  overall  cost  of  pollution  control
from diesels  should  be  less than that from gasoline engines.   It  is
true that  between  now  and 1985,  the  price of  light-duty  diesels
will rise more than that  of  gasoline-fueled vehicles, but  this  is
only because  gasoline-fueled  vehicles are currently paying a larger
price for  pollution control  than  diesels.  Light-duty diesels  will
lose most of  their  advantage  (with respect to the cost  of pollution
control) in  1985 due to  this  regulation, but  it  will be an advan-
tage that  was  gained  from  previous  environmental  regulation.
Gaseous pollutants such as  hydrocarbons, carbon  monoxide, and
oxides   of  nitrogen  simply came  under  control before  particulate
emissions.   It appears,  then,  that diesel sales should not decrease
at the  expense of gasoline sales due to aggregate emissions regula-
tions.    Second,  any absolute  decrease  in  diesel sales  should  be
less than  any decrease in sales  of  gasoline-powered vehicles  and
this particulate  standard should be no  less acceptable  than  the
Congressiona1ly-raandated gaseous  emission  standards  from  this
standpoint.

     Thus,  these regulations  should not  adversely  affect  the
light-duty diesel industry, either through employment or  productiv-
ity.  Though  a small decrease  in diesel sales may occur  due to the
1985 standard, this  decrease  should not be greater than any experi-
enced  by the gasoline-powered vehicle industry due  to  gaseous
emission standards.

     2.   Impact on Users of  Light-Duty Diesels

     Users of light-duty diesels  will be  affected  through higher
initial  vehicle  costs  averaging  $11-$12  for 1982-84 and  $138-$164
for  1985 and on.  The  average retail price  of  a new  car  in  1978 was
estimated to  be  $6,940 or $7,495 in 1979 using an 8 percent infla-
tion rate.kj   This means  that the average  vehicle sticker price
will increase 0.2 percent between  1982  and  1984 and  1.9-2.2 percent
in  1985  and beyond.  Users of light-duty diesels will actually save
$50  through  reduced  maintenance  costs beginning in  1985.   The
lifetime cost  of owning a  vehicle was $12,600-17,900  in  1976
(undiscounted) .]_/  Inflating  this  to  1979 prices using an 8 percent
inflation  rate  yields  $15,900-22,500.   When the increased cost  of
this regulation  are compared  to  lifetime  vehicle  costs,  the in-
creases  represent  only 6.1  percent  (1982-84)  and  0.5-0.9 percent
(1985  on)  (undiscounted) of  lifetime  vehicle costs.   Thus,  this
regulation  should  not  have an adverse impact  on the  users  of
light-duty diesels.

-------
                                   123
                            References
_!_/   "Draft  Regulatory  Analysis  -  Light-Duty  Diesel  Particulate
~    Regulations," MSAPC, OANR, EPA, December 22, 1978.

_2/   "Summary and Analysis of Comments - Light-Duty Diesel Particu-
     late Regulations," MSAPC, OANR, EPA, October 1979.

_3/   Hardin,  Daniel  P.,  Jr.,  "Light-Duty  Vehicle  Certification
     Cost,"  EPA Memorandum  to Edmund  J.  Brune,  March  13,  1975.

_4/   Personal  communication  with  Frank  SLaveter,  Mobile  Source
     Enforcement Division, EPA, July 10, 1979.

_5_/   Automotive News  - 1977 Market Data  Book Issue,  April  27,
     1977.

_6_/   Personal communication  with  Tom Alexander,  Economic  Analysis
~    Division, OPE, EPA, August 21,  1976.

l_l   "Cost of Owning and Operating an Automobile - 1976," FHA, DOT,
     1977.

-------
                                  124



                           CHAPTER VII

                        COST EFFECTIVENESS

     Intuitively,  cost effectiveness is a measure  of  the  economic
efficiency of  an  action  towards  achieving  a goal.   Historically
however,  the  cost  effectiveness of emission control regulations  has
been expressed in such terms as "dollars per  ton  of pollutant
controlled."  This  expression is  a measure of  the  cost of  the
regulation,  not necessarily its efficiency.  The  presence  of  this
conflict  makes  it  awkward to speak  in relative  terras  about  cost
effectiveness since  a low cost-effectiveness value implies  a highly
effective regulation.    To  escape  this  conflict  here, and  still
follow the precedent  of placing  cost in the numerator,  the measure
of cost  effectiveness  will  be referred to  as  the cost-effective-
ness ratio,  or C/E ratio.

     Furthermore,  air  pollution control  regulations  have  multiple
and  frequently differing  goals and,  therefore, do  not  easily  lend
themselves to direct  comparison  of C/E  measures.   In  the past,  the
principal application of  comparing  C/E  measures  has been  the
evaluation of alternative control  strategies applicable to the same
source,  in the same  time  frame,  and  with the same objective.  This
markedly  simplifies  the analysis and, as will be seen below, avoids
many problems.  Nevertheless,  a  rough measure of  one  aspect of the
relative  merit of  the  light-duty  diesel rules can be  achieved by
comparing the  C/E measures of  alternative  diesel standards  with
other strategies  designed to  control  particulate  emissions.   One
area where EPA has  adopted  regulations to  limit  particulate emis-
sions is  the  New Source Performance  Standards (NSPS) for Stationary
Sources called for by  Section 111  of the Clean Air Act.  While the
statutory purposes  and  tests  in  Section  111  are different   from
those applicable to this diesel particulate  standard,  a  rough
comparison has been made  which indicates that this decision is not
inconsistent   with other decisions the Agency has  made to control
particulate emissions.

     In  this chapter, the C/E  measures  for the two levels of
diesel particulate  control will be calculated  and-  compared to
those  from other  control  strategies.   As will  be  seen,  it is
not possible to take into account  all of the environmental factors
such as meteorological  conditions,  location, population exposures,
etc., due to  a  lack  of data.   However, as many of the factors for
which data are available will  be incorporated.

A.   1982 Light-Duty Diesel  Particulate Standard

     The   calculation  of  the C/E  ratio  for  light-duty  diesel  par-
ticulate   control  can  be  performed  using input  data  already  pre-
sented in past  chapters.   The uncontrolled  emission  level is 1.0
g/mi  (0.62  g/km),  and  the  standard is 0.6 g/mi  (0.37  g/km).   If

-------
                                  125
these  levels are  assumed  to  occur over  me entire  life of the
vehicle, the improvement due to regulation  is  O.A  g/mi  (0.25 g/km).
If  the  life of  a  light-duty diesel is  taken to  be 100,000 miles
(160,900 km),  then the lifetime emission reduction is 0.04 metric
tons.  The  cost  of  control  has  been  calculated  in Chapter  VI to  be
$11-12 per  vehicle.  Thus,  the  C/E  ratio is $11-12  divided by  0.04
metric tons, or  $275-300  per metric  ton  of particulate  controlled.
This  procedure   of  dividing lifetime  costs   by   lifetime  emission
reduction  does  have the  effect of  underestimating  the  C/E ratio
somewhat compared  to  the  C/E ratios of  stationary  source  controls
to  be  presented  later.   However,  as this  procedure has been  used
for  all past mobile  source  regulations,  its  use  will be continued
here.

B.   1985 Light-Duty Diesel  Particulate Standard

     For this standard, two C/E ratios should be calculated.   The
first is an overall C/E ratio which represents the cost of  the  1985
standard compared to no control.  The second  is  the  incremental C/E
ratio which  expresses  the  cost  of  the 1985  standard over that  of
the  1982  standard.   It is  this latter ratio  which should be  com-
pared to the C/E ratios of other control  strategies.

     The overall cost  per vehicle  of the 1985 standard is  $107-133
(Chapter VI, Section B). The overall emission  reduction  is  0.8  g/mi
or  0.08 metric tons over  the life  of the vehicle.   The  overall C/E
ratio  is  then $1,337-1,662 per metric ton  of  particulate con-
trolled .

     To determine  the  incremental  C/E ratio,  both  the  incremental
cost and the incremental  effect  of  the 1985 standard,  over that  of
the  1982  standard, must  be determined.   The incremental  cost  is
$107-133 minus $11-12,  or  $96-121.   The incremental  control is  0.08
minus 0.04  metric  tons,  or 0.04 metric tons of particulate  con-
trolled.  The incremental  C/E ratio is  then  $2,400-3,025  per metric
ton of particulate  controlled.

C.   Comparison of  Strategies

     The purpose of this  section is  to determine  the C/E ratios  of
other particulate  control strategies and demonstrate that the C/E
ratio of the light-duty diesel  regulations  is  not  inconsistent  with
those of past strategies.   All  comparisons  will  be made against the
higher  incremental  C/E ratio  of the  1985 standard.   If  the  1985
standard  is consistent with  the  incremental C/E ratios  of other
strategies, then the 1982  standard  will also be  consistent. All  of
the  C/E  ratios   examined  should be  marginal  in  nature.   This  is
necessary because  the  comparison must  be made between the cost  of
the  last  level  of  control  and  cannot be  influenced  by the costs
at  less stringent control  levels.

-------
                                  126
     The incremental C/E ratios for several stationary sources are
shown in Table VII-1.   Except  for  the industrial  boiler category,
all  of  the C/E  measures  shown represent  the  costs  and  emission
reductions of a  Federal  New Source Performance  Standard  over
the  less stringent alternative rejected by the  Agency in selecting
the level of the  standard.   The C/E  ratio  for the industrial boiler
category represents the costs and effectiveness of two alternative
control  devices which  are  available.

     As  mentioned  earlier,  the  most  direct  and  easiest use  of  a
cost-effectiveness measure is to compare various levels of control
of a single source.   In this  case, most of  the  factors pertinent to
the  environmental  impact,  such as source  location, dispersion
characteristics,   and  pollutant  characteristics,  are  the  same for
all  the  levels considered and  the  'dollar per ton1  measure  is  a
good relative  measure  of  the  cost effectivenesss  of  the various
strategies.   Given  enough  knowledge and data,   there  is  no reason
that this  same kind of analysis  cannot be used to compare various
strategies  for controlling different  sources.   The  problem is, of
course,  that the  necessary data  is usually  very difficult to obtain
and not available.  The comparisons being made in this section are
not  true comparisons  of  the cost effectiveness  of any  of the
strategies being examined.  The  necessary  data  is simply not
available.  However,  comparisons  such as  these are being  made
elsewhere and will be  made in the  future.   The  goal here will  be to
make the  comparisons,  while  at the same  time  stating clearly the
limitations involved,   insuring that any use of the results of  this
section is accompanied by  full  knowledge  of their meaning.

     The  strategies  being  examined  here  all  address  particulate
emissions on a nationwide  scale.  The  light-duty diesel regulations
will apply  to  every new light-duty  diesel sold in the U.S. begin-
ning in  1982,  regardless  of where  the  vehicle is bought or  used.
Likewise,  the New  Source Performance  Standards  (NSPS)  for   sta-
tionary  sources  also   apply  to all new  or significantly modified
plants of  a certain  type  nationwide.   No  comparison of the diesel
regulations will  be made  to  other mobile  source strategies because
these diesel  regulations  are the  first to control the emission of
particulate matter from motor vehicles.

     While  both  the mobile  source  and stationary  source strategies
being examined  control particulate  emissions  into the atmosphere,
there are differences  in their primary purposes.   An  examination of
Title II of the Clean Air  Act,  particularly section  202, shows that
the  primary purpose of  mobile  source  regulations  is  to protect the
public health  and welfare.   The primary purpose of  the NSPS's, on
the  other  hand,  is to  reduce inequities  in  interstate  competition
for  economic growth, while minimizing  emissions through  the  nation-
wide use  of the  best  available  control  technology.   A nationwide
NSPS prevents those  states and  Loca1ities.without  severe air
pollution problems from having an unreasonable  advantage  in drawing
new  plants  from areas where  strict  controls are required.

-------
                                 127
                              Table VII-1

            Incremental Cost Per Ton of Particulate Removed
           for Selected New Stationary Sources (1979 Dollars)

                                   Cost-$/Metric Ton for
                                   Particulate Collected
	Source	           in Incremental Range        Reference

Medium Sized Industrial
  Boilers_l_/                                $900                    1

Electric Utility Coal-
  Fired Steam Generator^/                $800-$900                 2

Kraft Recovery Furnace3_/                $1300-$1700                3

Kraft Smelt Tank_4/                       $150-$200                 3

Rotary Lime Kiln5_/                      $1100-$1200                4,5

Electric Arc Furnaces
  - Steel6/                                $600                    6
     Baghouse  (0.03  lb/10 BTU)   versus  cyclone  (0.3  lb/10 BTU).
2]                                   fi
     High  efficiency  ESP  (0.03 lb/10 BTU) versus  lower efficiency
ESP (0.1 lb/10  BTU).
I/
     High  efficiency ESP (99.5 percent) versus lower efficiency ESP
(99.0 percent).
4/
     Venturi  scrubber  versus Demister  (80  percent  efficiency).
51
     High  efficiency ESP  (0.3  Ib/ton limestone)  versus  lower
efficiency ESP  (0.6 Ib/ton limestone) for 500  TPD  plant;  baghouse
(0.3  Ib/ton)  versus  lower  efficiency ESP  for  125  TPD  plant.
A/
     Direct evacuation with 90 percent efficient canopy hood versus
direct evacuation with open roof.

-------
                                  128
     While  the  priory  purposes  of  the  two  types  of strategies
differ,  the levels  of control  they represent  do have  a  common
purpose,   that  of  protecting the  public  health and  welfare.   The
NSPS's exist  because some states and  localities  require  at least
this  level  of  control  to protect  the public health and welfare in
their areas.  There are factors  that  affect  the relative stringency
of  the  two types  of standards.   For example, economics  may  be a
more critical parameter for NSPS's than mobile  source standards and
the  requirements  for the demonstration  of technology are stricter
for  NSPS's  than  mobile source  standards.    In  a  rough  sense,  how-
ever,  both  represent  control  levels  implemented  to  protect  the
public health and welfare.

     To  take  one  rough  step toward making  the measure of  cost
effectiveness  more  relevant  to   health  and  welfare  impacts,  the
basis  of  the previously  cited  'dollar  per ton'  figures  shall be
modified  to reflect  the cost  of controlling inhalable  and   fine
particulate.   In  Chapter  V,  it   was  shown  that  it  is  these   par-
ticles that have  the greatest potential for adverse health  impact.
Thus,  it  is appropriate  to  emphasize  the  control  of  these   par-
ticles.   Also,  it is these smaller particles  (inhalable  particles
have diameters of  Less than 15 micrometers and fine  particles have
diameters  of  less  than  2.5  micrometers)  which  have the greatest
effect on  visibility,  which  is  likely one  of  the largest  welfare
effects of diesel particulate  emissions.

     Particle  size  data currently  available for  these sources
are  limited  and   the  figures  presented  below  should only be  con-
sidered to  be  rough  approximations. The size of  diesel particulate
has  already been  discussed  in  Chapter V.   All of  the  uncontrolled
diesel particulate is inhalable  (diameter  less  than 15  micrometers)
and  between  94  and  100%  is  fine  (less  than 2.5 micrometers).   It
will  be  assumed  that  these  size fractions will  remain  constant
after  the  first  level  of particulate  control  in 1981 and the
necessary  levels  of  NOx control  needed to  meet  the 1981-1984 NOx
standards. This is a reasonable  assumption since  there  is  no reason
to  believe  that   the size  should change  drastically with  the ad-
dition of  EGR.   The trap oxidizer,  however, may be  more  efficient
in  trapping  large  particles  than  small  ones.   To  be -conservative,
it will be assumed that all coarse particles  (diameter  greater  than
2.5 micrometers) are captured and burned and that  only that amount
of  fine  particles necessary  to   meet  the 1985  standard  are   also
captured and burned.   Using  these assumptions, the result  is  that
100%  (by  weight)  of the  additional  particulate  controlled by  the
1985  standard  is  inhalable and  91-100%  is fine.    An average value
of 96 percent will be used for  the latter  figure.

     Power  plants  (large  steam  generators)  tend  to  emit  larger
particles^than diesel engines.   EPA has measured  the particle  size
distribution  of   electrostatic  precipitator  effluent  at  both  the
previous  emission  standard  of  0.1  pounds per million BTU  (43

-------
                                  129
nanograms  per  joule)  and  the revised standard  of  0.03  pounds per
million BTU (13  nanograms  per  joule).  Of  the additional  paj—
ticulate  collected  at  the   revised  standard,  90-100 percent  (by
weight) is inhalable and 20-40 percent  is  fine._6_/

     Medium sized boilers  are commonly  spreader  stoker-type boilers
which  emit coarser particles  than  pulverized  coal-fired boilers.
As an  approximation,  it is  estimated that  70  percent  of the par-
ticulate collected  in  the  incremental  range between a  cyclone and
baghouse  is  inhalable  and 25  percent  is fine.   For electric arc
furnaces,  the  particulate  removed by a  baghouse  installed  with  a
canopy  hood  is  about  90 percent  inhalable  and  60 percent fine.67
For a  kraft  recovery furnace  the  incremental particulate collected
by an  ESP in the  range from 99.5  to 99.0  percent is  about 100
percent  inhalable and  70  percent  fine.   The differential quantity
of entrainment  collected by  a venturi  scrubber  in comparison with a
demister on  a  kraft mill  smelt  tank is about 85 percent inhalable
and  55 percent  fine.    High efficiency  collection  versus  medium
efficiency  collection of  particulate  from  a  rotary  lime  kiln
captures  particulate  that  is  about  80  percent  inhalable  and  50
percent fine.

     Using these approximations,  the  C/E  ratios for  these six
source.s can  now  be  placed on an  inhalable  and a  fine  particulate
basis.  The  results are shown in Table VII-2.  As can be seen, the
cost  effectiveness  of  the 1985  light-duty  diesel  standard  is not
inconsistent with those of  past  Agency  actions  or with  a possible
future Agency action (medium-size  industrial boilers).

     It is important to emphasize a point made earlier,   i.e., that
in some  respects  the  mobile  and  stationary source strategies for
particulate control have certain  differences  in their  primary
purposes.   Therefore,  selection  of  a  measure of effectiveness for
comparison  purposes has inherent limitations.   In  spite  of these,
however, a comparison  may still  be  useful  to  the  degree  that  it
focuses on one of  their common  purposes,  protection  of  public
health and welfare.

     Up  to this   point, however,  we  have  only incorporated one
factor which may  improve  the comparability  of the  cost-effective-
ness   measures  for  different  source  strategies.    There  are  many
other  factors which would need  to be  accounted for before a truly
valid  comparison  could  be made,  such  as emission dispersion char-
acteristics, source location,  chemical  composition (and resulting
health effects) of  the  particulate, etc.   As these factors cannot
be incorporated  at  this time due to  lack  of  data,  even the com-
parison performed  in  Table  VII-2 must  be  taken  cautiously.   The
incorporation of  the  factors mentioned above could change the
results drastically.

     To  indicate  this  possibility,  one  rough  calculation  will  be

-------
                       130
                 Table  VII-2

Incremental Cost-Effectiveness Ratios of Particulate
     Control Strategies Using Three Measures of
     Effectiveness  (1979 Dollars per Metric  Ton)
Total Particu-
Controlled Source
Light-Duty Diesel
1982 Standard
Light-Duty Diesel -
1985 Standard
Utility Steam Gen-
erators
Medium-Size Industrial
Boilers
Electric Arc Furnaces
Steel
Lime Kilns
Kraft Pump Mills
Recovery Furnaces
Smelt Tank
late Basis
275-300

2400-3025

800-900

900


600
1100-1200

1300-1700
150-200
Inhalable Particu-
late Basis
275-300

2400-3025

800-1000

1300


700
1400-1500

1300-1700
180-240
Fine Particu-
late Basis
286-312

2500-3150

2000-4500

3800


1000
2200-2300

1900-2400
270-360

-------
                                  131
made comparing  the  air  quality  impact  of a given rate of emission
for both diesels and power plants.  Only rough  large-scale  impacts
will be considered, so  this will not  b
-------
                                  132
                              Table VII-3

             Air Quality Impact of Three Steam Generators
                           at Ground Level 4/*
Annual Emission Rate
(metric tons per year)
                                          Plant Size (Megawatts)
                                        25          300       1000
71
854
2847
Typical Stack Height (meters)
75
175
 275
Maximum Ground Level Concentration
(micrograms per cubic meter):

     Annual Mean
     24-Hour Maximum
0.1
1.3
0.1
1.3
 1.3
Ratio of Maximum Ground Level Concen-
tration to Annual Emission Rate (micro-
grams per cubic meter/metric tons
per year)

     Annua 1
     24-Hour Maximum
  .0014
  .0183
0.00011
0.0015
<0.000035
 0.00046
* Numbers bracketed (_/)  indicate  references at  the end of  this
chapter.

-------
                                  133
be by light-duty diesel in 1990.   At  a particulate  emission  rate of
1.0 gram  per  mile,  light-duty diesels would  emit  321  metric tons
per year.   Using  this scenario)  the ambient  concentration  at  a
typical TSP monitor would be 1.5 micrograms per cubic meter  (Table
V-7).    The  ratio of ambient  concentration  to the  annual emission
rate would be  0.0047 microgram per cubic  meter (per) metric  ton per
year.    The  maximum  24-hour  impact for light-duty  diesels is about
3.16 times  the  annual  geometric  mean  (see  Chapter V).   Thus, the
ratio of  the  24-hour ambient concentration to  annual emission rate
would  be  0.0149 microgram  per cubic  meter  (per)  metric  ton per
year.    These  results are  summarized  in Table  VII-4.  A  comparison
of  these  values  with  those in Table  VII-3  shows  that the  ambient
concentrations per unit emission  rate of light-duty diesels  is 3.4
and 134 times  that  for small and large steam generators on an
annual  basis,  respectively.   On a  24-hour  basis,  the  ambient
concentration  per  unit  emission  rate  for  small   power  plants  is
actually 1.2 times  larger than that for  light-duty  diesels.  For the
large   plants,  however,  light-duty diesels  still   have  the   larger
relative impact  by  a factor  of  32.

     As mentioned earlier,  the above  ratios  are only an extremely
rough estimate of the  relative air quality  impacts of diesels and
power  plants.  Many  simplifications were necessary to  be able
to make this  comparison  at  all.   However,  the  results do indicate
the size  of  the factors which may occur if an extensive analysis
were performed and how  the  results of Table VII-2  might change if
other factors were  incorporated.   Finally,  the results  also indi-
cate clearly that the  control  of  diesel  particulate  is no less cost
effective than  certain  other cost-effective  control measures
adopted by EPA using the measures  of  effectiveness  discussed  above.

-------
                                   134
                            Table  VI1-4
            Air Quality Impact  of Light-Duty  Diesels  in  the
            	Kansas City Metropolitan Area  - 1990	
Total vehicle miles traveled in area

Fraction of travel by light-duty diesel
(low estimate of dieselization)

Emission factor

Annual emissions
3.34 x 10  miles per year

0.094


1.0 gram per mile

314 metric tons per year
Maximum regional air quality impact         1.5
(micrograms per cubic meter)

Maximum 24-hour average per year            4.7
(micrograms per cubic meter)

Ratio of maximum ground level concen-
tration to annual emission rate
(micrograms per cubic meter (per) metric
tons per year):

       Annual                               0.0047

       24-Hour                              0.0149

-------
                                   135
                              References
_!_/   "Particulate  Emission  Control   Costs   for  Intermediate-Sized
     Boilers,"  Industrial  Cleaning   Institute   for  EPA,  February
     1977.

2J   "Electric Utility Steam Generating Units - Background Informa-
      tion  for Proposed  Particulate  Matter Emission  Standards,"
      OAQPS, EPA,  July 1978, EPA 450/2-78-006a.

_3_/   "Standards Support and  Environmental  Impact Statement,  Volume
     1:  Proposed  Standards of  Performance  for  Kraft  Pulp  Mills,"
     OAQPS OAWM, EPA, September 1976.

kj   "Standards Support and  Environmental  Impact Statement,  Volume
     1:  Proposed  Standards of  Performance   for  Lime  Manufacturing
     Plants,"  OAQPS,  OAWM,  EPA,  April  1977,  EPA  450/2-77-007a.

5J   Compilation  of  Air  Pollutant  Emission  Factors,  AP-42,  Sup-
     plement No.  7,  U.S.  Environmental Protection  Agency, Research
     Triangle Park, North Carolina, April,  1977.

6_f   "Background Information for Standards  of Performance: Electric
     Arc  Furnaces  in the  Steel  Industry  Volume 1:  Proposed Stan-
     dards,"  OAQPS,  OAWM,  EPA,  October 1974,  EPA-450/2-74-017a.

TJ   Personal  communication  with  Jim Abbot, Industrial  Emissions
     Research  Laboratory Studies,  ORD, EPA,   January  10,  1980,
     unpublished emission control test results.

_8_/   "Air Quality Assessment  of Particulate  Emissions  from Diesel-
   .  Powered Vehicles,"  PEDCo  Environmental  for EPA, March 1978,
     EPA-450/3-78-038.

-------
                                  136



                           CHAPTER VIII

                        ALTERNATIVE ACTIONS

     These  particulate   regulations  for  light-duty  diesels  were
required  by Congress in  the  1977 Amendments  to  the Clean  Air
Act.   Nonetheless,  possible control of other sources of particulate
emissions were examined to ensure  that these  regulations  were
consistent with EPA's program to improve the nation's air quality.
Also, Congress  left it to EPA to determine the actual  level of the
emission  standard,  so  many alternatives were  available  in  this
area.   In  the  following  chapter  these  alternative  actions  will be
presented  and discussed.  In the first two sections, those actions
which would  preclude  control  of light-duty diesels will  be  pre-
sented.   These would include  1)  further  control of stationary
sources, and 2) the control of  mobile sources other  than  light-duty
diesels.   Strategies  for controlling  fugitive  dust or reentrained
dust  have  been  discussed previously  and  will  not  be  repeated
here._l_/*   Next, alternatives to  the traditional  individual vehicle
emission  standards  will  be presented  and discussed.   These alter-
native  approaches  include averaging the  emission standard over all
corporate  sales,  or  over   all  corporate diesel  sales.   Finally,
specific alternative emission standards  to the  0.6  g/mi (0.37 g/km)
standards   for 1982 and the  0.2  g/mi  (0.12 g/km) and  0.26  g/mi  (0.16
g/km) standards for 1985 will be presented and  discussed.

A.   Control of Stationary  Sources

     The  majority  of  major urban  areas have  severe particulate
non-attainment  problems.   The  need  for reductions  in particulate
emissions  from some source  or  sources   is  clear.   However,  these
areas have also  demonstrated that  attainment  is not  feasible  even
after adoption of all reasonable stationary  source  controls.   While
new  source performance  standards can  definitely help to mitigate
increased  emissions  and ambient impacts due to  industrial  growth,
they cannot be expected to reduce TSP  concentrations in urban  areas
from current levels.   (See Chapter V.JYJ/)   Thus,  it  is  concluded
that  further control  of stationary  sources  is  not.a viable alter-
native  to  these light-duty diesel regulations.

B.   Control of Other Mobile Sources

     In addition  to  considering further  control  of stationary
sources of particulate emissions as an  alternative  to controlling
light-duty diesels,  the control of  other mobile  sources was  also
considered.    These alternative mobile  sources  include  gasoline-
powered  light- and heavy-duty  vehicles,  diesel-powered  heavy-duty
vehicles,  locomotives and aircraft.

     Light-duty vehicles and trucks  powered by the gasoline engine
and  using leaded  fuel were  once  a very  significant  source  of

-------
                                   137
 partriculate emissions.  In  1974,  it is  estimated that  exhaust
 emissions  from  these vehicles  totalled  250,000 metric  tons of
 participate,  with  107,000  metric  tons  classifiable  as  suspended
 par t i cu 1 a t e ._3/  The great majority of this  particulate  matter
 consisted of particles related to  the  lead  and  lead  scavengers used
 in  the fuel.  Since 1975  though,  the majority of new vehicles
 have  required  the  use  of  unleaded  fuel  in  order  to  prevent pre-
 mature  catalyst  degradation.   With  unleaded  fuel  and  catalysts,
 these vehicles produce less  than  3% of  the  particulate emissions of
 a  diesel-powered  vehicle.    By 1981,   when  more  stringent  gaseous
 emission  standards   for  light-duty  vehicles will  have   come  into
 effect, it  is  expected  that almost  all manufacturers  will require
 the use  of unleaded  fuel in  their vehicles.   Thus,  by  1982, when
 these  light-duty diesel  particulate  regulations  come  into effect,
 new gasoline-powered  light-duty  vehicles and  trucks will  be pro-
 ducing very  low levels of particulate emissions.   Thus,  control of
 these  vehicles does not present  an  alternative  to controlling
 light-duty diesel particulate  emissions.

     Heavy-duty  diesel  vehicles,   like  their  light-duty  counter-
 parts,  are  a significant  source  of particulate  emissions.   It is
 estimated  that  by  1990,  particulate   emissions  from  uncontrolled
 heavy-duty  diesels  will reach  171,000-241,000 metric tons per year
 (Chapter  V).   This  emission   level is  as   large as  the  estimated
 emissions  from  uncontrolled  light-duty diesels mentioned earlier.
 Also,  much  of  the  control technology  available  to light-duty
 diesels  should  be  equally  applicable  to heavy-duty diesels.
 The Clean Air  Act  requires heavy-duty diesel  particulate regula-
 tions  and EPA is  in the process of  formulating an NPRM  in this
 area.    The  control of  heavy-duty  diesel  emissions  does  not reduce
 the need  for regulations for light-duty diesels.  Tne rationale for
 the level of the proposed light-duty  standards  has been  based only
 on  the  projected  impact of light-duty emissions.   The  light-duty
 standards have not  been set  at  a  level  to alleviate the  total
 diesel  contribution  to ambient  TSP   levels.   Reductions  will  be
 required  from heavy-duty diesels and have been  assumed  in the
 process of determining the  light-duty standards.  Also,  these
 reductions  from heavy-duty  diesels  are  necessary  from  an air
 quality standpoint  if  the contribution  of  diesel  particulate
 to  ambient  TSP  levels  is to  be  reduced  as  far  as  technology and
 economics   permit.    Thus,  controlling particulate  emissions  from
heavy-duty  diesels  is not  an alternative to  these light-duty
 regulations, but is  a necessary complement  to  the  overall mobile
 source scheme for reducing particulate  emissions.

     New  regulations  for  heavy-duty  diesel  particulate  emissions
have not yet been proposed because of changes currently planned for
 the standards  and  test procedures  for heavy-duty  diesel  gaseous
emissions.   The  current heavy-duty  diesel  gaseous emission  test
procedure  is a 13-mode  steady-state test.   There is an  additional
 transient   test  to  measure  smoke,  since  smoke  levels  typical  of

-------
                                  138
in-use  driving do not  appear during Che 13-mode cycle.   A  new
transient test procedure, which will replace the steady-state test
procedure,  is  being  developed  for  use beginning in  1985.   It  has
been determined that  this new  transient  test procedure is necessary
to  adequately  measure  particulate emissions  from heavy-duty
diesels.   Thus,  regulations  governing  particulate  emissions from
heavy-duty diesels are currently being planned to come into effect
in  1985 when  the  transient  test procedure becomes  available  for
diesels.

     The contribution  of heavy-duty vehicles  powered  by gasoline
engines to total  particulate emissions was  also examined.  In 1975,
heavy-duty vehicles  (gasoline) emitted about 51,000 metric tons of
part iculate ._4/   Because  today's heavy-duty  trucks  (gasoline)  are
still being built  for operation  on  leaded  fuel,  this figure would
still be  a rough  estimate  of emissions  in 1978.   While the par-
ticulate emission  level  o£ heavy-duty vehicles (gasoline) does not
compare  with  the  particulate  emission  level  of  light- and heavy-
duty  diesels, it  is still significant.  By 1984 though,  it is
predicted  that most  new heavy-duty  vehicles (gasoline)  will  be
equipped with  catalysts  due  to  new emission  standards which will
come  into effect  that year.   This  will  require unleaded  fuel, and
the particulate emissions  from these vehicles will decrease dras-
tically, as in the light-duty  case.   Thus,  it  appears  that particu-
late  emissions will  be  low  from the new vehicles of this class by
1984, and no further  control will be required.

     Locomotives' are  another source  of particulate  emissions  in the
U.S.   In 1975,  locomotives emitted nearly 45,000  metric tons of
particulate.kj  While this is  not insignificant,  a  complete removal
of all  locomotive  particulate  emissions  would  only  be  a  fraction of
the  necessary reductions  of   emissions  from  light-duty diesels.
Also,  reductions   in  locomotive  emissions  will  not  decrease  the
effect  of  automotive diesels  near  the  roadway,  where  the largest
impacts  will  occur.   Thus,  while locomotive  particulate  emissions
may merit control at  some time in the future,  such  control is not  a
feasible alternative  to the  proposed light-duty diesel  regulations,
either  in magnitude or locality of emissions.

     Finally,  the  control of  particulate  emissions from aircraft
was  examined   as  a  possible  alternative   to  the  proposed regula-
tions.   In 1975,  civil and  commercial aircraft  emitted   18,000
metric  tons  of part icula te._4/   This emission level  is  even  less
than  that  from locomotives  and  amounts  to only  7-12% of the pro-
jected  light-duty diesel emissions in 1990.  Thus,  control of
aircraft particulate  emissions  is not a viable alternative  to the
proposed standards for light-duty diesels.

C.   Averaging Approaches

      In  the  Notice  of  Proposed Rulemaking  (NPRM),  EPA invited

-------
                                   139
 interested parties to comment: on alternative  regulatory approaches.
 One  alternative  approach  generated considerable discussion during
 the  public hearing and  comment  period — the  development  of an
 average  particulate  standard.   Presently,   all  mo tor  vehicle
 emissions  standards  are  per vehicle standards,  that  is,  each
 manufacturer is required to certify every  engine family at or below
 each  emission  standard to  receive  certificates of conformity  for
 every  engine   family.   Under  an  average  emission  standard,  each
manufacturer would only have to insure that  its  average,  fleet-wide
 emission level  was  at  or  below  the appropriate emission  standard.
 There are two primary advantages of an average emission standard as
 opposed  to a  per  vehicle  emission standard.   The  first  is the
 increased flexibility that  a manufacturer has in determining how it
 is going to  comply with the  emission  standard.   Instead of being
 required to design  each engine  family such  that it can  certify at
 or below  the  emission  standard,  the  manufacturer  has more flexi-
bility as  it must  only conform to the requirement that  its sales-
weighted  average  emission level be  equal to or less  than the
 emission standard.  Tne second advantage of an  averaging  approach,
a  result  of the  added flexibility,  is  that the  manufacturer  is
better  able  to  optimize   its  control technology  strategies  with
 respect to economics.   It  may quite likely be   more cost-effective
 for  a  manufacturer  to control  one engine  family to a  very low
 emission level  and a  second engine  family  correspondingly  less,
 than  to  control  every  engine  family  to  the  very  same level.   Two
distinct  averaging approaches  were  proposed  during  the  comment
period.  General  Motors (GM)  proposed a plan  whereby  the sales-
weighted  average  particulate  level  of a manufacturer's  entire
 light-duty  vehicle fleet would have to be equal  to  or  less than the
Corporate  Average  Particulate  Standard  (CAPS).   Volkswagen  (VW)
suggested that  the particulate emission levels from diesel vehicles
only  be  averaged,  and that  each  manufacturer's sales-weighted
average be  required  to comply with the Diesel   Average Particulate
Standard (DAPS).   Both of   these proposals have been  evaluated by
the  technical  staff  and will be discussed below,  not only in the
specific terms  as  proposed by GM  and  VW,  but  also with modifica-
tions that  have been suggested  by  the technical staff to make the
proposals more  acceptable  to EPA.

     1.   Corporate Average Particulate Standard (CAPS)

     The following  is   an  abbreviated  description by GM of  their
CAPS  proposal:

     "[I]n   response  to  the EPA  invitation  to  address   alternate
     particulate standard  concepts, General Motors has developed a
     Corporate  Average  Particulate Standard  (CAPS)   concept.   We
     believe this concept has  the  potential  for providing the
     benefits  of the diesel engine,  reasonably  controlling diesel
     particulate emissions,  and  being  responsive to the legislative
     and regulatory requirements  while  properly  considering  techno-

-------
                                 140
     logical  feasibility and manufacturer capabilities.   This CAPS
     results  in a sequence of  participate  standards  based  on  the
     average  level of  particulate  emissions of  a manufacturer's
     total--both  gasoline  and  diesel-powered—light-duty car  and
     truck  production.   Although  this standard-setting  concept  is
     markedly  different  than  that  proposed  by  EPA,  such  a concept
     is  currently  used  in  establishing  fuel  economy  standards,
     so  it is  not new  to government regulation... [T]he  basic
     objective of the particulate standards  is to prevent  any
     deterioration  in the mobile  source  contribution  to  total
     suspended  particulates...  The  resulting  CAPS levels  are
     shown  below:

                   Year                  CAPS Level

                   1981                  0.2  gpra
                   1983                  0.1  gpm
                   1985                  0.07 gpra
                   1987                  0.05 gpm

     In  addition  to  these  CAPS  levels, a maximum permissible
     particulate  emission  level   of  1  gpm  from any individual
     diesel engine was also  made  a part of  the CAPS  requirements.
     In  summary,  the CAPS  concept  provides a  number  of  major
     benefits.   First,  the  air  quality  impacts  would be reliably
     controlled,  since the CAPS level  would limit  the  total par-
     ticulate  emission levels  to the atmosphere.   This  is  a dis-
     tinct  improvement  in  long-term performance  of the standard
     over  the  individual engine standards  proposed by EPA.  Second,
     CAPS   would  provide  each manufacturer  flexibility  in   deter-
     mining what  mix  of  diesel  engine sizes can be produced,  as
     well   as  what percentage of   total   production  can  be   diesel
     engines....Third,   CAPS  provides  a   strong  incentive  for
     diesel manufacturers  to  develop  better particulate emission
     controls,  since   successful development would allow  increased
     sales of  diesels  with  the resulting  increase  in  fuel effi-
     ciency.   Fourth,  the CAPS concept is enforceable utilizing the
     basic structure  of EPA enforcement  regulations  now  in  place.
     Only  minor administrative modifications would be required to
     perform  the enforcement  operations  in  an  effective manner. "_5_/

     As  was  mentioned  earlier in this chapter,  we agree with
GM that  the  promulgation of an average  particulate  standard would
provide more flexibility  to the  manufacturers.   We also agree
with GM  that  CAPS would put  a  "lid" on diesel  particulate emis-
sions.   Once  a manufacturer  reached approximate  equilibrium with
the CAPS level, any increase  in the number  of  diesels sold  by  that
manufacturer would  have to  be  accompanied  by a  corresponding
reduction   in  particulate levels (assuming  constant  total sales by
the manufacturer).  Thus, the  total  diesel  particulate  loading to
the  atmosphere would be  relatively  constant,  except  for small

-------
                                   141
 increases due  to  increasing  total  sales  by the  industry.   While we
 agree with GM  that  CAPS  provides  these  two benefits,  we take issue
 with  the remaining  two  benefits  which  GM  claims,   and  extensive
 analysis has found many problems which have compelled EPA to reject
 both GM's specific proposal and the CAPS concept in general.  These
 issues will be examined in detail.

     One basic  tenet  of EPA's motor vehicle  emissions  program has
 been to utilize uniform individual vehicle standards  within a class
 of  vehicles,   i.e.,  to  promulgate uniform  standards  within  each
 class of  vehicles  that  each  individual vehicle must  comply with.
 There are two  primary  reasons for this  policy.  One  is simply the
 structure of Title  II  of  the  Clean Air  Act,  which  assumes individ-
 ual vehicle standards  (see, for example. Sections 202 and 207).  It
 is  true  that  the current  SEA assembly-line  program  is  based  on  a
 quasi-averaging approach, but  this was  implemented so as  not to be
 "unreasonably burdensome  to  the  auto  companies" in the short-term,
 and may be only  temporary._6/   EPA's  position is that the Clean Air
 Act  requires  every vehicle  to  meet  the emission  s tanda rds . _7_/
 Certification  averaging  would  clearly   be  inconsistent  with  this
 position.   The  second reason for individual vehicle  standards
 concerns vehicle/vehicle  equity.  It  has  been  determined  that
 vehicles of the  same  general utility should be  required  to comply
 with the same  emissions  standards; that  it would be  inequitable to
 legally allow vehicle  A  to  emit  more  than vehicle  B  is allowed to,
 when both vehicles  perform the  same  general function.   CAPS,  and
 any other averaging approach, is  inconsistent  with  both  the Clean
 Air Act and the vehicle/vehicle equity considerations which are the
 bases for individual vehicle standards.

     Another serious drawback of CAPS involves manufacturer equity.
 Since the CAPS concept averages diesel and gasoline-powered vehicle
 particulate levels,  and since  the  latter are typically very low,  a
 manufacturer's corporate  average  particulate level would be depen-
 dent not only on  its diesel  vehicle  particulate levels but also on
 its relative proportion of  diesel  to  gasoline-powered vehicles.   A
 manufacturer which  produced  a small percentage  of   diesels  could
 tolerate much  higher  particulate  levels on  its  diesels,  and still
 comply  with  a specific  CAPS,  than could  a manufacturer which
 marketed a much higher percentage  of diesels.   In  effect, manufac-
 turers which  produce   higher  percentages of  diesels   would  have  to
meet more  stringent diesel  particulate  levels  than  manufacturers
 which market  lower  percentages  of diesels.   Thus,  manufacturer  A
 would be allowed  to market "dirtier" diesels  than manufacturer B,
 only because A produced more  gasoline-powered  vehicles (with  both
manufacturers  having the  same  total diesel sales)  or fewer diesels
 (with equivalent  total vehicle sales).    Of  the present  light-duty
 diesel manufacturers,  GM  would be the  primary  beneficiary  of  such
 an approach  since diesels comprise such  a small percentage of their
 overall sales.   Daimler-Benz and Peugeot would be the manufacturers
 most negatively  affected  by  CAPS.   In  fact,  given  their  present

-------
                                  142
diaseI/gasoline  vehicle mixes  (approximately 65  percent  diesel),
CAPS would be much  more  stringent  for both Daimler-Benz and Peugeot
than the per vehicle standards of 0.6 g/mi (0.37 g/kra) in 1982 and
0.2  g/mi  (0.12 g/kra)  in  1985.   Under GM's  suggested numerical
standards  and assuming  that gasoline-powered vehicle emissions are
negligible,   Daimler-Benz  and  Peugeot  would  have  to  average  0.31
g/mi (0.19 g/km)  in 1982 and 0.11  g/mi  (0.07  g/km) in 1985 on their
diesel  vehicles.   Alternatively, GM  has  estimated  that  its  1982
diesels would  average  approximately 1.0 g/mi  (0.62  g/km)  and its
1985 diesels  0.50  g/mi (0.31  g/km)  under CAPS.8/   This analysis
indicates  that under  CAPS,  GM would be allowed  to  market diesels
which would be approximately 3 times "dirtier" in 1982 and 5 times
"dirtier"  in  1985  than diesels  sold  by Daimler-Benz and Peugeot,
while marketing  more  diesels   than  either  of these  manufacturers)
simply  because  it  sells many  more  gasoline-powered  vehicles.   In
effect, CAPS  licenses  a manufacturer to market greater quantities
of  and  progressively "dirtier"  diesels based on  its  gasoline-
powered vehicle production and EPA considers  such  an  approach to be
unacceptable.

     CAPS might also act to restrain competition  in  the industry as
a  firm which  wanted  to  produce only  light-duty diesel vehicles
would likely  find  it  impossible  (or nearly so)  to comply  with CAPS
without also producing similar quantities of gasoline-powered
vehicles,  which  might make  the  necessary  capital investment
prohibitive.   GM  proposed  two  possible  solutions to the manufac-
turer equity  problems of CAPS.9/  One  was that  EPA  could  provide a
temporary period of exemption  from  CAPS  for  certain  manufacturers.
The  second  was  that a  "regulatory administrative process could be
developed that  would  allow a  manufacturer to obtain  an  additional
particulate  emission  tonnage   from  another  manufacturer  which was
not  using its particulate  emission  tonnage  for a  specific year,"
i.e.,  that   particulate  tonnage  could  be sold  or   traded between
manufacturers.  Temporary exemption  is simplistic  and unacceptable,
but  in  any case does not solve the problem of manufacturer inequity
in  the long term.   The  selling and/or trading of  particulate
tonnage  would  be  an  administrative  nightmare,  and would simply
magnify the  equity discrepancies  even  more  in favor  of  low-percen-
tage diesel  manufacturers.  Neither  of these "solutions"  is  accept-
able to EPA.

     EPA  has  determined that  adoption  of  the CAPS concept would be
inconsistent  with the statutory authority for the diesel par-
ticulate  regulations  provided  in Section  202 (a)(3)(A)(iii) of  the
Clean  Air Act.   As discussed  in  Chapter  IV, EPA  is  convinced  that
"the greatest degree  of  emission reduction  achievable"  mandate  of
that  section requires  best available  control  technology  which,  in
turn,   necessitates  standards  based  on  that technology.   This
mandate is  impossible to  fulfill with  the CAPS  approach  since  the
particulate  emission   levels  that  a manufacturer's  diesel models
would  be  required  to  meet are dependent upon  that  manufacturer's

-------
                                   143
diesel/gasoline vehicle mix  and  the manufacturer would be able  to
adjust  that mix  to  whatever  extent desired.  A  manufacturer  could
clearly avoid using best  available  control  technology, or, in  many
cases,  any particulate  control technologies  at all,  by simply
producing only a very small percentage of diesels.   CAPS  would  then
serve  predominantly  as  a  sales-mix  forcing concept  rather than  a
technology-forcing concept.   In  fact, CAPS  implicitly establishes
an  upper  limit on  light-duty  diesel sales.   It is very  unlikely
that any manufacturer could sell  more than 50 percent diesels  under
GM's CAPS, and as pointed  out  previously two  manufacturers already
exceed  that  figure.   Adoption of  CAPS  would restrict  those  manu-
facturers to  fewer  diesel  sales  than  the market demand;  these
manufacturers so affected  might very well market  diesels  which  emit
lower  levels  of  particulate  than  the  cars  sold  by other  manufac-
turers  not so  restricted.   EPA has consistently held  that Section
202(a)(3)(A)(iii) of  the  Clean Air Act  was not  meant  to  restrict
light-duty diesel production,  but  rather  was  designed  to  encourage
"clean" diesel production.   The  CAPS  approach does not necessarily
motivate  low  particulate  levels,  because  of the  possibility of low
diese 1/gaso line-powered  vehicle  mixes,  and actually  restricts
diesel  sales  at  high diesel/gaso line-powered vehicle mixes.    This
latter  problem could  be alleviated  somewhat by offering  CAPS  as  an
option  to  those  manufacturers  which might  prefer  it  to   the  indi-
vidual  vehicle standards.   There would still  be  an equity problem,
however,  as  low-percentage diesel  manufacturers  would have a  real
choice  between  the  two  types of standards, while  the  high-percen-
tage diesel manufacturers  would  be compelled to certify  under the
individual vehicle standards.

     Analysis has shown that  there  are difficulties  associated  with
ensuring compliance  under  an  average particulate  standard approach.
One  approach  that  has received considerable  attention adheres
closely to the  present  philosophy of  enforcement on  an engine
family  basis.   Each  engine family would have a particulate enforce-
ment  level which  would be the product  of  its certification  level
and  the manufacturer's "safety  factor," defined  as  the  ratio  of
CAPS to the manufacturer's projected  corporate average particulate
level.  Thus,  if CAPS was  0.05 g/mi  (0.031  g/km),  and  the manufac-
turer's projected corporate average particulate  level was 0.04 g/mi
(0.025  g/km),  that manufacturer would have a safety factor of  1.25,
and each of its engine  families  would have  an enforcement level  25
percent greater  than its  certification  value.   Any engine  family
with  an SEA  particulate  value  in  excess  of  its  particulate  en-
forcement  level  would then  be subject   to  an order of  corrective
act ion.

     The primary difficulties associated  with this  type of enforce-
ment arise due to the  fact that  while  the fleet-wide  standard that
must be met  by the  manufacturers would  remain constant  throughout
the  model year,  the enforcement  levels  for the  engine  families
would be subject to  change.  This is because the  enforcement  levels

-------
                                   144
are dependent on the manufacturer's safety factor,  and thus on the
sales  distribution  (which  could  fluctuate  throughout  the  model
year) as well.   During  the  certification  process, the  safety factor
would  be  calculated based  on  the manufaturer's  projected sales.
Yet  any  final determination of the safety  factor would not be
possible until  the  end  of  the model  year,  when the final produc-
tion figures would  be known.   This could lead  to several  possible
problems.

     For example,  it  can be shown that it is  possible,  'due  to a
change  in  production  distributions,   for all   of  a  manufacturer's
engine families to  be in compliance with  their  respective  enforce-
ment  levels  (as calculated  during certification)   while  its   cor-
porate average particulate  level  could actually be  exceeding CAPS.
This  is  illustrated by  the scenario  shown  in Table  VIII-1  of a
manufacturer with  three diesel engine  families.    Based on its
certification levels and sales projections, the manufacturer has a
projected corporate average particulate  level  of 0.040 g/mi (0.025
g/km), and  assuming a CAPS  of  0.05 g/mi  (0.031 g/ktn), a  projected
safety factor  of  1.235.   Its  enforcement  levels  were as  shown  in
Table  VIII-1.   The  table  shows  that even though  the actual  SEA
levels  were less  than  the corresponding  enforcement levels,   the
manufacturer  was  in noncompliance because  its corporate  average
particulate  level was 0.051  g/mi (0.032 g/km).  In this  case,  the
manufacturer  did  not  produce  any more  diesels than  it  had  pro-
jected, but  simply produced more of engine  family Z and  less  of
engine  family  X.   This  resulted in a  smaller safety margin,  and
permitted  fleet-wide  noncompliance simultaneously with engine
family  compliance.   The magnitude of  this problem could be  much
worse  if  a manufacturer  actually produced  a  higher  percentage  of
diesels than  projected,  or  if  a much more marked sales  shift  from
the  "cleaner"  diesel  engine family to  the "dirtier"  diesel engine
family occurred.  Obviously this  scenario could not  be tolerated  in
an  enforcement  program.   EPA could attempt  to ameliorate  this
problem by constantly  recalculating  the safety factor  throughout
the  model  year.   This  precaution would not  exclude the  problem
entirely,  only  make it   less likely,  as there  is an  inherent  time
interval between when a manufacturer changes production and EPA can
recalculate its safety factor.

     A  second major drawback  of  this  approach it  that  it  would
allow  the  scenario  where an engine  family would be declared  to be
in  compliance immediately following an SEA test, but could actually
be  in  noncompliance later  in the model  year.   This  could arise due
to  a changing production distribution resulting in a smaller safety
factor and  smaller enforcement  levels.   For example,  in Table
VIII-1, engine  family X  certified at 0.25 g/mi (0.16  g/km) and had
a  projected enforcement  level  of 0.31  g/mi  (0.19  g/km).   Assume
that an SEA test was performed early in  the model year and the mean
particulate  level was found to be  0.29 g/mi (0.18 g/km);  the engine
family  would clearly  be  in compliance  at that time.   It could be

-------
                                   145
 quite  possible that later  in  the model year, again due  to  a dif-
 ferent  production mix,  chat  same  engine family could have a revised
 enforcement  level of  0.28 g/mi  (0.17 g/km); at  that point  the
 engine  family  would  be  in noncompliance.   This scenario raises  the
 issue  of how EPA would respond  to such a  discovery,  especially at
 the  end of a model  year,  when the only corrective action available
 is  recall.  The manufacturer  would be forced to  recall  an  entire
 engine  family  after  it had been allowed to produce it for an  entire
 model  year.   This  also indicates  the  necessity of  determining  the
 mean  particulate level  for each  SEA   test,  when  enforcing   on  an
 engine  family  basis,  since  otherwise EPA  would never  know when  the
 enforcement  level  might drop below the SEA  mean  particulate  level
 for an  engine  family.

     A  third major  difficulty  with the engine  family  enforcement
 approach  would  arise  when one  engine family of  a  manufacturer
 exceeded  its  enforcement   level, while  an engine  family  which
 emitted more particulate did not  exceed its enforcement  level.  For
 example,  if  SEA  testing showed engine  families X  and Y (see  Table
 VIII-1)  to have mean particulate  levels of 0.32 and 0.42 g/mi  (0.20
 and  0.26 g/km),  respectively,  the former would be  in noncompliance
 while the  latter would not.   If this was discovered at  the end of a
 model  year,  and recall action  was  instigated,  that  manufacturer
 would  have  to  recall  vehicles   from  the  "cleaner" engine  family
 while the  "dirtier" engine family would be  unaffected.   This  hardly
 seems  logical  or equitable, least  of  all  to  the consumer who  may
 have  purchased  the former  vehicle partly because  of its  lower
 particulate emission level.

     The  Council  on Wage  and Price  Stability (CWPS)   suggested  a
 similar  but  slightly different  compliance mechanism (though pro-
 posed as  part  of a diesel-only average approach,   it  could also  be
 part of  a  corporate  average  approach) ._10/   The manufacturer or  EPA
 would set  a limited  number of categories,  each  with  a  separate,
 fixed  particulate  standard.   Each engine family  would have  to
 certify  under  one  of these  distinct category  standards;  the  cate-
 gory would presumably  be  chosen  by  the manufacturer based on  the
 certification emission  level of  the emission-data vehicle  for each
 engine  family and  any safety-margin  deemed necessary.   At  the
 beginning  of  a  model  year, the  category  standards and  projected
 sales  for each  category would  be  used  to  determine  whether  a
manufacturer would  be  issued a certificate of conformity.  During
 and at  the end of  a  model  year,   the actual  production  (or sales)
 figures  and  the  category  standards would be  averaged to  determine
 fleet-wide compliance.  The category  standards would also be used
 for SEA and recall  testing.   The advantage  of this  approach is that
 the SEA  enforcement  levels are fixed, and  are  not dependent on  the
manufacturer's sales distribution or  safety margin.  This compli-
ance  approach  would  avoid   the  aforementioned scenario  where   an
engine  family  would  be  in compliance immediately following an  SEA
 test,  but  would be  in noncompliance   later  when  the  enforcement

-------
                                  146
                           Table VIII-1

           Hypothetical Particulate Enforcement Scenario
          Certification  Projected   Enforcement  Actual SEA   Actual
Engine      Level          Sales        Level       Level      Sales
Family     (g/mi)	     (%)         (g/mi)      (g/mi)      (%)
             0.25           4.5          0.31        0.30       3.5


             0.35           4.5          0.43        0.42       4.5


             0.45           3.0          0.56        0.54       4.0

-------
                                  147
 Level changed.  The other major problems could still occur—all of
 a manufacturer's engine families could be  in compliance with  their
 respective category  standards  though, due  to  a changing sales
 distribution,   its  fleet-wide  average  particulate  level  could be
 exceeding  CAPS, and  "cleaner"  cars  could be faced with corrective
 action  even  while  "dirtier"  cars  sold  by  the  same manufacturer
 remain unaffected.   Thus,  the CWPS  suggestion eliminates one of the
 uncertainties   involved  in  the  engine  family  compliance  approach
 (the  changing  enforcement  level),  but does  not  resolve  the  other
 problems inherent  in such  a  compliance  approach.

     Finally,  EPA  could abandon  the engine  family compliance
 approach and  enforce on a  fleet-wide  basis only.   EPA would  still
 test emission-data vehicles  from each  engine  family  for particulate
 emissions.    The manufacturers  would  be required  to submit  their
 sales projections,  on an  engine  family basis,  for the model  year.
 With the particulate emission levels and  sales  projections it  would
 be  possible  for EPA to calculate  the  projected  corporate  average
 particulate level  for each  manufacturer.   If this projected  level
 is  less  than,  or equal to, CAPS, and no  engine family exceeded the
 maximum particulate level  allowed  (and  assuming all other emissions
 requirements  were  fulfilled),  EPA would grant  the manufacturer a
 conditional certificate of  conformity.  The  certificate  would be
 conditioned  on  the manufacturer  keeping  its  actual corporate
 average  particulate level (at  any  time,  based  on production up to
 that time)  under CAPS  throughout  the model  year.

     SEA would  still be used  by' the Agency to ensure that  produc-
 tion  vehicles were  in  compliance  with CAPS.   Whenever  the SEA
 particulate value  exceeded that  engine  family's  certification
 particulate value,  the  former  would replace the  latter  in the
 calculation of  the manufacturer's actual corporate average  partic-
 ulate  level.   The  SEA  test, however, would  no Longer  indicate
 noncompliance  on an engine famiLy basis, but wouLd be a contribut-
 ing factor in  indicating noncompliance  on  a  fleet-wide  basis.  At
 regular  intervals  throughout  the model year,  and  whenever  an SEA
 resulted in the substitution of  a  higher particulate value  for an
 engine  family,  each  manufacturer would be  required  to  report its
 actual  and  projected  production figures and  actual and projected
 corporate  average  particulate  levels.   As  long as these  levels
 remained at or below CAPS,  the  manufacturer would  be  in compliance.
 If,  at  any  time during  the  model year, a  manufacturer's actual or
 projected  corporate  average  particulate level  exceeded  CAPS, due
 either  to  an  SEA  test or  a shift  in  the  sales  distribution, the
manufacturer  would  be  required  to  notify EPA  immediately  and to
 take  corrective  action.    The  central enforcement  tenet  of   this
 approach is that at no  time  is a manufacturer "allowed" to exceed
 CAPS.

     Because  this  compliance  approach is  on  a  fleet-wide  basis
 only,  it avoids the problems  of engine  family enforcement discussed

-------
                                  148
above.    This  approach  would necessitate  a whole  new  compliance
apparatus,  however.   Whereas  SEA is  now designed  to indicate
whether a certain percentage  of vehicles pass an emission standard,
under  this  fleet-wide  compliance  approach  SEA  would  have to  be
designed  to  determine  the  mean  particulate  level  of  the  engine
family  tested.   More  SEA would  likely  be  necessary  in order  to
ensure  that  EPA  does  not  underestimate  a manufacturer's  actual
corporate average particulate level by relying heavily on certifi-
cation  emission  levels.   This approach  would  also commit  EPA  to
much more monitoring and paperwork, as EPA would have to be  contin-
ually monitoring actual and projected sales for each manufacturer,
and  recalculating  actual  and projected  corporate  average  partic-
ulate levels.

     In  conclusion,  while  EPA  considers  engine family enforcement
to  entail  many  difficulties,  we  have  determined  that  fleet-wide
compliance could  probably be made  workable,  although it  would
involve such  structural  changes in motor vehicle  enforcement
procedures as  to make  it  uninviting  unless other concerns compel
its acceptance.  As noted elsewhere in  this  section, we do not find
such compelling factors.

     Another question concerning CAPS  is how  to quantify the
particulate  emissions  from gasoline-powered vehicles.   There are
three  ways  to  incorporate  gasoline-powered  vehicles  into  CAPS:
require  them  to  certify and  subject  them to enforcement just like
diesel  vehicles, assume their particulate emissions to be zero, or
exempt them completely  from  the  average  particulate  standard.
Requiring gasoline-powered vehicles to certify and  subjecting them
to  enforcement would  greatly  increase the  certification  and en-
forcement workload  both for  EPA and  for  the  industry.   This does
not seem justified in light of  the  low particulate  levels exhibited
by  light-duty  gasoline-powered vehicles.  Assuming  these emissions
to be zero is not justifiable either,  since  for those manufacturers
marketing  90  to  100  percent  gasoline-powered  vehicles  gasoline
exhaust  particulate would  be  a  major,  and  possibly  a majority,
contribution  to  the  total  corporate particulate  tonnage.   Finally,
exempting gasoline-powered vehicles would violate  the  very  basis of
a  corporate  average  particulate standard.   We  see no easy  solution
to  this problem.   It should be noted  that  there are no  such  prob-
lems with  the  per  vehicle  particulate  standards,  as EPA has deter-
mined  that gasoline-powered vehicles  emit far  less particulate than
even  the 1985  standard.   There  is  no  need  to certify gasoline-
powered  vehicles under per vehicle particulate  standards.

     Under  GM's  CAPS  proposal,  the maximum particulate  level
allowed would  remain at  the relatively  high  1.0 g/rai  (0.62  g/km)
level  even  though  the average  values  would  be  progressively tight-
ened.   This  would  allow the possibility of  localized  particulate
impact  problems  in the future  in  certain cities,  neighborhoods,  or
roadways which  might  have an  unusually  high concentration  of

-------
                                   149
diesels  emitting  at  or near  the  1.0  g/rai (0.62 g/km)  particulate
ceiling.  One likely possibility would be  the dieselization  of  the
New York  City  taxi  fleet.   The magnitude  of  this  problem  could  be
alleviated by  reducing  the maximum particulate  level allowed,  but
this would diminish the flexibility so desired  by the  manufacturers
and which is a cornerstone of the averaging concept.

     A  final difficulty with GM's CAPS is  simply the  high  particu-
late  levels  that  it  would  allow manufacturers  who  market  small
percentages of diesel vehicles.  GM provided  to  EPA "an  indication
of  the  average  diesel  emission performance required" of GM  should
CAPS be adopted as proposed.   These data  are  given  in  Table VIII-2.
The level of control that  EPA has determined  to  be technologically
feasible by 1982  (0.60 g/mi, 0.37 g/km)  for  all  vehicles would  not
be  reached by the  average  GM  diesel until 1985.   The level  of
control we expect  by  1985  (0.20 g/mi,  0.12 g/km)  would not  be
necessary  for GM,  under  CAPS, until  1990.   This  despite  the  fact
that GM is  expected to be  the  largest  light-duty diesel  manufac-
turer  (by  far),  producing nearly  1,000,000  light-duty diesels  by
1985 and possibly twice as many by 1990 (see  Tables III-3 and V-4).

     GM  would need  to  do  absolutely no more  additional  particulate
control  work  until the  mid-1980's  and  would not need  to  do  any
major work until  the late 1980's.   This phenomenal  leniency for  the
manufacturer which  is  expected  to  dominate  the  light-duty  diesel
market  in  the 1980's  would be  irresponsible public  policy.    It
would  be  possible to  make  CAPS more  stringent,  of  course,  which
would  have  the  beneficial impact of  forcing  low-percentage  diesel
manufacturers (Like GM) to  recognize  that  particulate control  must
be  a consideration  of  their  diesel designs.   But  a more stringent
CAPS would  reduce the flexibility  available to the  manufacturers
and, more critically, would  only exascerbate the  manufacturer
inequity problems discussed earlier.

     The multitude  of  serious  problems  discussed  in  this  section
have convinced EPA  that  the  corporate average  particulate  standard
proposed by  GM  is inferior  to  the  per  vehicle  standards  that  are
being  finalized.   Had  the evaluation  of CAPS been more  promising,
other  questions  would  have  to be  considered,   such  as whether  a
completely new rulemaking  would have  to  be  initiated to allow  for
public  comment.   The possibility of giving manufacturers an  option
of choosing either per  vehicle standards  or an average standard  was
also rejected  for the same  environmental, equity) statutory,  and
enforcement reasons cited  above.   The increased  flexibility  avail-
able  to the manufacturers  clearly  cannot  justify  the numerous
difficulties inherent  in  the CAPS approach.

     2.   Diesel Average  Particulate Standard (DAPS)

     The second averaging  approach  proposed  to EPA was  conceptual-
ized by VW:

-------
                 150
           Table VIII-2




CM Participate Emissions Under CAPS 6/

Model Year
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990

CAPS
0.20
0.20
0.10
0.10
0.07
0.07
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
% Diesel
Projected
4
9
10
12.5
14
17.5
19
21
23
25
Average Diesel
Particulate Level (g/mi)
1.00
1.00
1.00
0.80
0.50
0.40
0.26
0.24
0.22
0.20

-------
     "DAPS  limits  the  sales weighted mean  of  the particulate
     emissions of all diesel vehicles sold by a manufacturer during
     a model year [and] would allow manufacturers  to mix the diesel
     models sold on  the  market  in  such  manner  so  that their diesel
     fleets comply  with  DAPS.   Compliance with  DAPS  is  determined
     by calculating the Diesel Average Particulate Emissions (DAPE)
     for  each  manufacturer  from  the certification  data   and  the
     Projected Sales Figures.  Whenever the DAPE for a manufacturer
     is smaller than or equal to DAPS the Administrator shall issue
     a  certificate  of conformity  with  DAPS.    Such  certificate  of
     conformity v.ay  provide  that  the sales mix may  not  be  altered
     to such an extent that  the manufacturer's  DAPE exceeds  DAPS  at
     the end of  the model  year.   In  order to make the DAPS  concept
     work with  respect  to  the  SEA,   emission warranty,  and recall
     provisions of the Act,  it is necessary to  establish  individual
     control limits  in  addition  to DAPS.   Such control  limits  for
     individual  vehicles  and  individual  engine families could  be
     called Diesel  Individual  Particulate Standards  (DIPS).   They
     would be used solely to determine compliance  with the  enforce-
     ment  provisions  of  the Ac t. . . .Reasoning  for  introduction  of
     DAPS and DIPS:   a)  Contrary  to  the  CAPS  concept,  the  approach
     suggested here is consistent with  the Clean Air  Act as it  can
     be  implemented  immediately  upon  introduction  [without] having
     to amend the Clean Air Act;  b) Contrary  to  CAPS concept, there
     is no negative  impact on  competition  if  the  DIPS/DAPS  concept
     is  compared with a  traditional  standard  concept;   c) The
     DAPS/DIPS concept specifically regulates  particulate emissions
     from all  light-duty  diesel vehicles.  Therefore,  such  partic-
     ulate standards  are  still  technology-forcing,  while standards
     under  a  CAPS  concept  are  mainly  sales-mix-forcing;   d)  The
     DAPS/DIPS concept  would allow  manufacturers   to  make   use  of
     diesel  technology as a  contribution to the effort  of  the U.S.
     to conserve  energy.   Because large  diesel  cars with  relatively
     high particulate  emissions  could  be offset  by  small  diesel
     cars,  the use of diesel technology  is not  restricted  to small
     diesel  cars....Under a diese 1-bubble  concept,   DAPS   of  not
     lower than  0.6  g/mi for model  years  1981  and  1982, 0.4 g/mi
     for model years  1983 and  1984, and  0.3  g/mi  for  model  year
     1985  and  subsequent  model  years   could  be  established." 111

     The primary  difference between  GM's CAPS  proposal and  VW1 s
DAPS  proposal  is  that  the  latter  averages  particulate  emission
levels  from diesel vehicles only.   Like  CAPS,  DAPS  gives  the
manufacturer increased flexibility and  the opportunity to  optimize
its diesel particulate control technologies with respect to   econom-
ics.  DAPS also avoids some  of the serious problems inherent in the
CAPS concept.  DAPS is  more equitable  to those  manufacturers  who
produce significant  percentages of diesels.  Regardless of  how many
gasoline-powered  or  diesel  vehicles   a manufacturer  produces,  each
manufacturer would  have  to comply   with  the  same  average diesel
particulate level.   DAPS also satisfactorily resolves  the   dilemma

-------
                                   152
concerning gasoline-powered  vehicles since,  by definition,  it
excludes  them  completely,    Finally,  EPA has  concluded  that  DAPS
could be  designed  to be consistent with Section  202(a)(3) (A) (i ii)
of  Che  Clean Air  Act.   3v  levering  the DAPS  values  below chose
proposed by VW,  we are  convinced  that DAPS  could satisfy  the
"greatest degree of  emission reduction achievable" mandate of  that
section.   Under a  stringent  DAPS,  it  would be  impossible  for  a
manufacturer to market high  part iculate-etaitt ing diesels since  they
could only be "balanced out" by  very low  particulate-eraitting
diesels  (and riot by gasoline-powered  vehicles) and there is a limit
to  the  extent  to which  this balancing can  work.  In any case,  the
low  average  diesel  particulate  level  would have to  be maintained.
Tnus, DAPS  could  be designed  to  require  best  available  control
technology and  to  accommodate  the  technology-forcing concept.
Also DAPS does net  implicitly limit diesel sales.

     DAPS  does  share many  of  the drawbacks  of  the  CAPS  concept
which were delineated above.  It  violates both of  the primary bases
for  individual vehicle  standards—the structure  of Title II of the
Clean  Air  Act  and  vehicle/vehicle  equity.   DAPS involves  the
same enforcement dilemma as  CAPS—basing compliance  and enforcement
on  an  engine  family  basis  involves  too  many difficulties,  basing
compliance  and enforcement  on a  fleet-wide  basis only would neces-
sitate  major  administrative changes.   EPA has  Che  same localized
irapacC  concern with  DAPS; VW did not propose any maximum allowable
level,  but  one would be necessary.   An  averaging approach  is not
inviting  to  the  manufacturers  unless  EPA.  allows  maximum  levels
greater  than  the 0.60 and 0.20 g/mi  (0.37 and 0.12  g/km) standards
chat would  otherwise apply.  Yet  any  incremental  increase  in the
maximum  levels  allowed  increases  our concern  for those  urban
areas which might  be subjected to  an  atypically high concentration
of  high  particulate diesel vehicles.

     EPA  considers   the  VW  proposal  of  0.60 g/mi  (0.37  g/km)  in
1981, 0.40  g/mi  (0.25 g/kai) in  1983, and 0.30  g/mi  (0.19 g/km) in
1985 to  be  too lenient.  Levels which would be more  consistent with
feasible  technology  would likely  be opposed by  the  industry.
Obviously,  it becomes progressively more difficult  to" ".balance out"
a  high  part iculate-etnicting engine family  as the average standard
decreases.   Under  a  DAPS,  it  is  impossible  to "balance out" high
emitters  by  simply  producing  gasoline-powered  vehicles.   Thus,
 lower DAPS  levels  would remove much  of  the  flexibility  that is  the
primary motivation behind the averaging proposals.

     One other discinction  must  be made between  the CAPS and  DAPS
 proposals.   CAPS implicitly establishes a ceiling  on  total  Light-
duty diesel  particulate   emissions--once  a  manufacturer  reaches
 approximate equilibrium with the  CAPS  levels,  any  increase in  the
 nuraber  of  diesels  produced  would  have to be  accompanied by  a
 reduction in the average diesei particulate level.   DAPS  does  not
 perform  this  function  as  it  constrains only  the  average  dieseL
 particulate level,  and  not  the total corporate particulate tonnage.

-------
     In conclusion,  DAPS is  inconsistent wich  legal  and  regulatory
policy, shares many of  the  environmental and  enforcement  difficul-
ties of CAPS,  and results  in less  flexibility  to  the  manufacturers.
Thus,   we  rejec:  ic3  use as  a  regulatory approach for  parciculate
control,  both  as  a replacement  for the  individual  vehicle  standards
and as  an option for  those manufacturers who might  choose it.

D.    Alternative  Individual  Vehicle  Standards
     Now that it has  been shown  that  an  individual  vehicle  standard
for  light-duty  diesels  is necessary  (i.e.,  no other  alternatives
are preferable), the  timing and stringency of  this standard  is  all
that remains to be discussed.  The following discussion will  first
examine the  initial  level of control and  then examine the  second
and  final  level  of control.   Within  each discussion,  the  standard
for  diesal-powersd Light-duty vehicles  (LDV-D's)  will be  examined
first and chen :hsc  for  diesai-?owered  light-duty  trucks (LDT-D's).

     1.   Initial Level  of Control
     The first level of control  for  LDV-D's  is  0.5 g/mi  (0.37 g/km)
beginning in  1932.   This  standard  could be more or less  stringent
and could.be  implemented  earlier or  later.   From  the analysis of
the  lead-time  available before  che 1981 modal  year  contained in
Chapter IV,  there is enough  time  available  for  the manufacturers to
implement  the necessary technology.  However,  unless  they had
started their  1981  certification process  before the final promul-
gation  of  this  regulation, there  would not  be enough  time for
manufacturers   to complete a certification program for all or  their
vehicles.    Thus,  the  earliest year  of  mandatory certification is
1982.*  The discussion  of  available technology in  Chapter IV  also
makes it quire  clear  that  a standard more stringent than 0.5  g/mi
(0.37 g/km) would  result  in the elimination  of the diesal engine
fron some code! lines.   This would clearly  be  in violation of EPA's
stated  approach  of setting  the  standard based  on  the worse-case
vehicle. 127   Thus,  it is  not  possible  to  promulgate  a standard
more stringent than 0.6 g/mi (0.37 g/km).

     It would  be possible to delay  the  implementation of  the  first
standard by one  year.   The benefit  of  such a  decision would be to
give  the manufacturers  one more  year  to  meet  the  standard.   Tne
control technology would not be  expected to be  any different so the
cost  of meecing the  standard  should  be  the  same  as  in  1982.
*     In an  effort  to  reduce  costs,  manufacturers  are  being  allowed
the option  of  certifying to tha  particulate  standard in 1981  and
obtaining  carryover for 1982.  As the MOx standard is  being  reduced
in 1931,  most  vehicles will have  to be certified in  1981  regard-
less.   With  ehe option, it  is  hoped that most manufacturers  will
be able co avoid recertification in 1982.

-------
                                  154
Overall light-duty diesel emissions in 1990 would increase by 0.5X
or by 173-288 metric tons per  year.

     Ambient  levels  of  light-duty  diesel  particulate  would also
increase by  0.5%, but  this  would  be less than 0.05 micrograms per
cubic  meter  in any  of  the  15  cities  shown in  Table  V-14.   This
increase would  be difficult  to measure.    Thus,  the  benefit of a
delay would be to allow the  manufacturers  another year  to  implement
control  and  the  detriment would  be  a very  slight  increase in
ambient particulate levels.   This   is often  the case for a one-year
delay  in any emission standard and often leads  to the  argument  that
the  standard  should be delayed.  However,  extending  this argument
one year at a time could lead  to the conclusion that a Longer delay
would  also  have only a  slight  detrimental  affect on  the environ-
ment, while  the effect would indeed be  significant.

     As outlined  in Chapter IV,  the manufacturers should actually
be  able  to  meet a 0.6 g/mi (0.37  g/km) standard  in 1981.   Because
there  would  not  be  enough  tine  available  to  assure  that all  ve-
hicles  could be  certified  before  the  normal  start  of  the model
year,  the  standard  was  postponed a year  to  1982.   To delay  the
standard  another year  would  simply  allow  manufacturers  to  move
ahead  even  more slowly  than  was  possible.   As  this  extra  time  is
not  necessary  and  no  significant cost  reductions  are  foreseens
there  appears  to be  no  compelling  reason  to  delay the  1982 stan-
dard.

     The  last  issue is whether or not  the  1982  standard  should be
any  less  stringent  than 0.6  g/mi (0.37 g/ku).   Reasonable  alter-
natives would  be  0.8 g/mi  (0.5 g/km),  as  suggested by the  Depart-
ment of Energy J7  , or  1.0 g/aii   (0.62  g/km),  as  suggested  by  a
number of manufacturers.^/   Again, the  primary benefit would  be
accrued by  the  manufacturers.   Less  work  would be required  of  them
in  meeting  the  standard.  The 1.0 g/mi  (0.62 g/km)  level should be
high  enough  to preclude any real   control,  while  the  0.8  g/cai  (0.5
g/km)  level  would require  some control from one  manufacturer.   It
 is  difficult to calculate any cost savings  from these higher levels
since  much of  the costs  involved with meeting the 0.6 g/rai standard
are  amortized  research  and development  costs which  have  already
been  incurred.  With  the  0.8 g/mi  standard,  light-duty  diesel
particulate  levels  in  1990 would increase 9%,  or  0.04-0.3  micro-
grams  per cubic meter  in  the  15 cities of Table V-14.   With  Che 1.0
g/mi standard,  light-duty  diesel  particulate  levels  in  1990 would
 increase  by  19%  or  0.08-0.6  micrograms  per  cubic  meter.    These
calculations  assume  a 1985  standard of  0.2  g/mi  (0.12  g/km).

      The  real question again is  whether  or not  the  0.6 g/mi (0.37
g/km)  level can  be met  in 1982.  The cost  savings  involved  with
 less  stringent standards  are small,  less than 910 per vehicle
 (Chapter  VI).   The  air quality impacts of  the higher  standards are
 small, but  now  measurable, if a 1985  standard  of 0.2  g/mi (0.12

-------
                                  155
g/kn) is assumed.  As  shown  in  Chapter  VII,  the  cost  effectiveness
of  the  0.6  g/mi  standard is  excellent.    Its  cost  effectiveness
ratio  is  about  one-tenth  that   for  the 0.2  g/mi  standardj which
itself is in the  same  range  as  those  from  stationary  sources.  The
only  reason  the  0.6  g/mi standard  should not  be  promulgated  is
if  it couldn't be met.  As outlined  in  Chapter  IV,  this  is  not the
case.   Thus,  the  1982 standard  for LDV-D's should  be  0.6 g/mi.

     The  arguments  outlined  above  for implementing  the   initial
standard  in  1932 are  essentially  the same  for diesel-powered
light-duty trucks (LDT-D's).   However,  the choice of  level  of  this
LDT-D standard deserves some  attention.   It was  shown  in  Chapter  IV
that the difference in weight and  size  of  LDT-D's vs  LDV-D's could
cause particulate emissions  to  increase 20%.   On  the other hand,
the  NOx  standard  for  LDT-D's through 19 S4  will  be  2.3  g/mi (1.43
g/kni) .  This standard  was  set to be equally stringent  to  a 2.0  g/mi
(1.24 g/krr.)  NOx standard  for  LDV-D's.   The  beneficial  effect  on
particulate emissions  of raising the NOx standard to  2.0 g/mi  from
1.5  g/mi (LDV-D waiver Isvel) appears much greater than  20*  (Chap-
ter  IV).  The net result  of the  two differences  between LDV-D's and
LDT-D's is that it should actually be easier  for LDT-D's to meet a
0.6  g/mi  (0.35  g/km)  standard  than  for LDV-D's  to  meet  the stan-
dard.   To raise  the  standard  for LDT-D's  above 0.6 g/mi would
aggravate this difference.   This would  encourage  the  dieselization
of  light-duty  trucks  over that  of light-duty vehicles  since  less
control would be required.  This would result  in  inefficient use  of
control technology since more advanced  technology would  have to  be
used on LDV-D's  than  LDT-D's at a conceivably  poorer cost  effec-
tiveness.    It  would  also  result   in worse  air  quality  than would
occur if the same technology was used on both classes  of vehicles.
Thus, for  these  two  reasons, a  standard  higher  than 0.6 g/mi for
1982 is unacceptable  for  LDT-D's.

     If the effect or  a higher MOx  standard does  more  than overcome
the  weight and  size penalty  of  light-duty trucks,  then  an  equally
stringent  standard for LDT-D's  could be  less  than  0.6  g/mi (0.37
g/km).  However,  this lower   standard would  not  be  much  below 0.6
g/mi  and  could only  stay in  effect through 1984,  since  the  NOx
standard for LDT-D's  will  decrease  in  1985.   For example,  if the
standard  would be  lowered  to  0.5 g/mi  (0.31  g/km), light-duty
diesel particulate  emissions would only decrease by  0.4£  and the
ambient levels  in  the cities in Table  V-14 would improve  at  most
0.02 micrograms  per  cubic  meter.  It  is  also likely  that many
people  would be  confused and  believe   that  EPA was  controlling
light-duty trucks more stringently then passenger cars.  Given the
minimal, air  quality  benefit,  the  small  magnitude  and  temporary
nature  of any  inequality,  and the potential  confusion  of  the
public,  it  appears  to be in  the best interest  of  all to not  pro-
mulgate a standard any lower  than 0.6 g/mi  for LDT-D's.

-------
     2.    Second  Level  of Centre I

     The second  level  of control  is expected  to
of the  introduction  of trap-oxidizer technology.   As  such,  alter-
natives  to  the 0.2 g/ai (0.12 g/ka)  standard  in 1935  involve  1)  the
levels which  can be achieved  with   and  wichout  this new  level  of
control  technology  and 2)  the  data that  trap-oxidLzer  technology
can be available.  As  EPA knows of  no  viable  control technology at
this  time  which   would  allow  the  expected LDV-D  fleet  to  meet  a
standard more  stringent  than  0.2 g/'rai  (Chapter  IV),  no  standard
below 0.2 g/mi will be  discussed bars.

     The first alternative  to examine  is  trap-oxidizer  technology
vs. no  crap-oxidizer  technology  in  1985.   As outlined  in  Chapter
IV, with trap-oxidizers  LDV-D's are  expected  to be  able  to  meet  a
0.2  g/mi   (0.12  g/ka)   standard.    Without crap-oxidizers  LDV-D's
would be expected  to be able to meet a  0.5 g/mi  (0.31  g/kas) stan-
dard. .s Both of these determinations  include the  need to  meet a  1.0
g/mi (0.52 g/km)  N0:< standard, which will be  in place no  later than
1935.   Using  the methodology  of  Chapter V,   the 0.5  g/mi  standard
would causa  1990  light-duty diesel part ic'-ils ta  emissions  to  in-
crease  97% over  emissions   occurring  under   a  0.2  f/tni  standard.
(For the purpose of this discussion  a similar  increase  in the LDT-D
standard will  be  assumed.)    This  would  cause  ambient  levels  o:
particulate from light-duty diesels  to  increase similarly  by 97%.
The absolute effect on ambient  levels  is  shown  in  Table  VIII-3  :or
  :  -itias.   As  can  be seen, the  effect of che higher  standard is
        •"asurahle.    In  Chicago,  ambient regional  levels of  light-
      _esel  oarticulata would  increase by 0.8-2.7  micro grams  per
.Loic meter over whac   they  would  be under a 0.2  g/mi  (0.12 g/ka)
standard.   Regional  levels  in  Dallas  would  increase  by   1.5-2.7
nicrograras  per  cubic  meter.   Localized  impacts  would  similarly
increase by 973.

     VJhile  the  higher  standard would  increase  ambienc parciculate
levels,   it  would also  reduce costs.  From Chapter VI,  "he  removal
of  Che  trsp-oxidiser would  reduce  the  overall cost of the standard
by  3107-133.   Using  che methodology of  Chapcer VI, Section C, this
would reduce  the 5-year aggregate cost  of the 1985 standard (1985-
39)  by  5897-1357 million (present  value cakan in 1985,  1979 dol-
lars).   Using  the methodology of  Chapter  VII,  the incremental
cost-effectiveness  ratio (C/S  ratio)  of  adding  the Crap-oxidiser
would be 33,567-4,433  per metric  ton {$107 to S133 divided  by 0.03
metric  tons  lifetime  reduction).   On an inhaLable particulace
basis,  Che C/E  racio would  remain 33,567-4,433 per mecric Con.   On
a fine  parciculace b.a.sis chs  C/E ratio  would  increase  Co  $3,7i6-
4,618 per  metric Con.

      It  is evident chat  boch  significant  air quality and economic
effaces  resulc  from che addition of  trap-oxidizers to light.-ducy
dies els.  An indication.  o£  whether   che  increased  effectiveness  is

-------
                                       157
                             Table VIII-3

              Large-Scale Air Quality Impact of Light-Duty
         Diesels Under Two Different Emissions Standards in 1985
Pop ul at ion
Category City
Over 1 ail lion New York
Los Angeles
Ch icago
Philade Iph ia
Houston
De troi t
500,000 to Dallas
1,000,000 New Orleans
Bos Con
Denver
Pittsburgh
San Diego
Phoenix
St. Louis
Kansas City, MO
0
1
2
1
1
2
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
0
Light-Duty Diesel Ambient
Particulate Level
(micrograms per cubic meter)
.5 g/mi I/ 0.2 g/mi 2/
.0
.8
,6
.4
.2
.0
.3
.2
.0
.0
.0
.2
. 2
.2
.8
- 2
- 5
- 5
- 2
- 3
- 1
- 5
- 2
- 1
- 1
- 1
- 2
- 3
_ 2
- 1
.4
.7
.5
.2
.7
.8
.5
.0
.8
.8
.6
.0
.7
.2
.2
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
.5
.4
.8
.7
.1
.5
.7
.6
.5
.5
.5
.6
.1
.6
.4
- 1
•• 9
- 2
- 1
_ i
- 0
- 2
- 1
- 0
- 0
- 0
- 1
- 1
- 1
- 0
.2
.9
.8
i
• J.
.9
.9
.8
.0
.9
.9
.8
.0
.9
.1
.6
I/  Emission standard  for LDV-D's  (0.31 g/ktn).   Assumes  LDT-D  standard  of  0.6  g/mi
TO.37 g/km).

1]  Emission standard  for LDV-D's  (0.12 g/km).   Assumes  LDT-D  standard  of  0.26 g/mi
(0.16 g/km).

-------
worch  the  increased  coses car.  be  found from  comparing  "he  in-
cremental cos-  effectiveness  to  those  from other control strategies
(See Chapter  VII).    Unfortunately,   the  data  necessary  to  truly
perform such a  comparison  is  not  available and any comparisons must
be made using very rough measures of effectiveness.   This was done
in Chapter  VII  and  Che  incremental  cost  effectiveness  of a number
of nationwide stationary source  strategies were estimated and shown
in  Table  VII-2.   Placing greatest  emphasis  on  the fine  and  in-
halab'.a  particulars  bases,  the  C/E  ratios  calculated  in the pre-
vious  paragraph  for  the addition of  trap-oxidizers  are not incon-
sistent with  those  from stationary  source  strategies.   Given chat
further control of particulata emissions  is  needed (See Chapter V),
the addition of trap-oxidizers appears  to be a reasonable  strategy.

     Some  caution  should  be placed  on  the  use  of  any  comparison
such as  the one  perforated  in  the previous paragraph.   While  the
estimates  of  the  cost  effectiveness of the  various strategies
represent  c'r.e  best  available, the  cost-effectiveness measures used
do  not  represent  the  true effectiveness  of  any of  the strategies.
Factors  such   as  source  Location,  population  exposures,  particle
composition, etc., have not  bean taken  into account due  to a lack
of  data. Any one  of  these  factors  could have a major effect on the
outcome of  any cost-effectiveness comparison.

     For  example,  motor  vehicle  emissions  occur at  ground level
and  tend  to be concentrated in  urban areas.   This would  increase
the  relative  ambient  impact and population  exposure  to diesel
particulate  emissions  compared  to  a  source  with a  tall stack
located in a  rural  area.   In  Chapter VII,  it was very roughly
estimated  that  emissions  from  light-duty diesals have between 0.8
and  13^  times  the ambient impact as an equivalent  amount  of emis-
sions  from electric  utility steam generators.   The range and the
absolute  size  of Che above estimate  indicate the potential  effect
that  factors  such as this  one  can have on any  cost  effectiveness
comparison.   Thus,  while  this  regulation   appears  reasonable with
respect  to cost  effectiveness,  it  should  be  remembered  that any
such  comparison performed at this tirae is  lacking  in  completeness
and  only a  minimum amount of weight can be  given to  -the comparison.

     The  final set  of  alternatives now revolves around  the  imple-
mentation  year of che  second standard,  which  is directly  tied  to
the  availability  of  trap-oxidizer technology.   Since  our technical
analysis  (sae  Chapter  IV)  indicated a  strong  likelihood of  suc-
cassful  trap-oxidirer application by 198i,  one alternative would  be
to  promulgate  the  0.2  g/tai  (0.12  g/km) standard  for 1984.  The
Agency has  seriously  considered doing  exactly that.    It was a
difficult  decision, but because of the uncertainty that exists  with
regard to  trap-oxidizer durability and  vehicle  application EPA has
decided  to minimize  the economic-risk of  this' rulemaking-by delay-
 ing the implementation  of the 0.2 g/rai  (0.12  g/kin)  standard until
 1985.   This  delay will  increase light-duty diesal  parciculata

-------
emissions in  1990  by  9  percent:,  but will  ensure  "hat  the manufac-
turers will have "he ability Co optimize trap-oxidizar application.

     Since i:  is  alvays  possible  to delay  che  implementation  of a
standard, a second alternative would be  to  promulgate  the 0.2  g/mi
(0.12 g/km) standard for 1986.  This delay  from 1935  to 1936 would
increase  light-duty  diesel  part iculata  emissions  in.  1990  by  12
percent.  It  would also  give  the  manufacturers  additional Lead cine
for trap-oxidizer optimization.   3ut sines  we have  determined  tha:
trap-oxidizers sight very well be  feasible  by 1984, and  are  delay-
ing implementation of the 0.2  g/mi  (0.12  g/km)  standard  to 1985 in
order  to ensure  optimum trap-oxidizer  development,   there  is  no
reason  to delay  implementation until  1935.   Thus wg  are  rejecting
this latter alternative  as  well.

     Concerning LDT-D's,  the rationale  for implementing a  0.25  g/mi
(0.15 g/km)  standard  in  1935   and  rejecting all other  alternatives
is  analogous  to  chat  described above  for  LDV-D's.   The  only  area
noc dealt with  above  is  that  of   setting  the LDT-D  s.ancard  at the
same technological stringency  as  the  LDV-D standard.   As  the  data
in  Chapter IV shows  that a 30%  increase in particuiate  emissions
cculd result  from the greater size and  weight  of  LDT-D's,  a 30%
cushion over   the 0.2 g/mi (0.12 g/ka)  LDV-D standard  should  resale
in  equally stringent  standards.    A lower  or  higher   standard  for
LDT-D's would result  in  an  artificial  bias  toward  the  dieseLization
or  one  of the  two vehicle classes.   This would have  negative
effects  on air  quality   since  tha bias  would  be  toward  the worst
polluting class.   For this  reason,  any standard  for  LDT-D's other
than 0.25 g/mi (0.16  g/km)  should  be rejected.

-------
                                    160

                            References

I/   "Summary  and  Analysis  of  Commencs  Co  Proposed  Particulate
~    Regulations  for  Light-Duty  Diesels,"  MSAPC,  EPA,  October,
     1979.

2/  ' "Impact of New Source  Performance  Standards  on  1985  National
~~    Emissions   from  Stationary  Sources,"  EPA-45G/3-76-017,  April
     1977.

3/   Chapter V.

4_/   "1975  National  Emissions  Re port,"  OAQPS,  EPA,  May  1978,
     EPA 450/2-78-020.

_5_/   "General Motors Response to EPA Notice of Proposed Rulemaking
     on  Particulate  Regulation  for Light-Duty Diesel  Vehicles,"
     April 19,  1979,  Attachment  2.

6_/   "Selective Enforcement  Auditing  Procedures," Federal Register,
     Vol.  41,   No.  146,  Wednesday, July  28,  1976,  p.  31474.

]_/   Ibid., p.  31480.

$_/   "General Motors Reponse...," Attachment  2,  Figure 5.

9/   Ibid., Attachment  6.

_1_0/  "Comments  of the  Council  on  Wage  and  Price  Stability on the
     Particulate Regulation  for Light-Duty  Diesel  Vehicles,"  p.
     44.

Ii/  "Supplementary  Information  to  the Record  of the EPA Hearing on
     March 19, 1979,  Concerning  Proposed  Particulate  Emission
     Standards   for Light-Duty Diesel Vehicles"  submitted by Volks-
     wagen in April  1979,  Section 4.

12/  "Particulate Regulation  for  Light-Duty  Di-esel Vehicles,"
     Federal Register,  Vol.  44,  No.  23,  Thursday, February  1,  1979,
     pp. 6650-6671.

-------